Fortinet 548B manuel d'utilisation
- Voir en ligne ou télécharger le manuel d’utilisation
- 976 pages
- 6.52 mb
Aller à la page of
Les manuels d’utilisation similaires
-
Switch
Fortinet 548B
976 pages 6.52 mb -
Switch
Fortinet FortiDB-400B
2 pages 0.41 mb -
Switch
Fortinet 5003
128 pages 15.88 mb -
Switch
Fortinet 30B
56 pages 1.5 mb -
Switch
Fortinet 800
60 pages 1.35 mb -
Switch
Fortinet 5003A
128 pages 15.88 mb -
Switch
Fortinet 800F
60 pages 1.35 mb -
Switch
Fortinet FortiGate-5001FA2
34 pages 1.12 mb
Un bon manuel d’utilisation
Les règles imposent au revendeur l'obligation de fournir à l'acheteur, avec des marchandises, le manuel d’utilisation Fortinet 548B. Le manque du manuel d’utilisation ou les informations incorrectes fournies au consommateur sont à la base d'une plainte pour non-conformité du dispositif avec le contrat. Conformément à la loi, l’inclusion du manuel d’utilisation sous une forme autre que le papier est autorisée, ce qui est souvent utilisé récemment, en incluant la forme graphique ou électronique du manuel Fortinet 548B ou les vidéos d'instruction pour les utilisateurs. La condition est son caractère lisible et compréhensible.
Qu'est ce que le manuel d’utilisation?
Le mot vient du latin "Instructio", à savoir organiser. Ainsi, le manuel d’utilisation Fortinet 548B décrit les étapes de la procédure. Le but du manuel d’utilisation est d’instruire, de faciliter le démarrage, l'utilisation de l'équipement ou l'exécution des actions spécifiques. Le manuel d’utilisation est une collection d'informations sur l'objet/service, une indice.
Malheureusement, peu d'utilisateurs prennent le temps de lire le manuel d’utilisation, et un bon manuel permet non seulement d’apprendre à connaître un certain nombre de fonctionnalités supplémentaires du dispositif acheté, mais aussi éviter la majorité des défaillances.
Donc, ce qui devrait contenir le manuel parfait?
Tout d'abord, le manuel d’utilisation Fortinet 548B devrait contenir:
- informations sur les caractéristiques techniques du dispositif Fortinet 548B
- nom du fabricant et année de fabrication Fortinet 548B
- instructions d'utilisation, de réglage et d’entretien de l'équipement Fortinet 548B
- signes de sécurité et attestations confirmant la conformité avec les normes pertinentes
Pourquoi nous ne lisons pas les manuels d’utilisation?
Habituellement, cela est dû au manque de temps et de certitude quant à la fonctionnalité spécifique de l'équipement acheté. Malheureusement, la connexion et le démarrage Fortinet 548B ne suffisent pas. Le manuel d’utilisation contient un certain nombre de lignes directrices concernant les fonctionnalités spécifiques, la sécurité, les méthodes d'entretien (même les moyens qui doivent être utilisés), les défauts possibles Fortinet 548B et les moyens de résoudre des problèmes communs lors de l'utilisation. Enfin, le manuel contient les coordonnées du service Fortinet en l'absence de l'efficacité des solutions proposées. Actuellement, les manuels d’utilisation sous la forme d'animations intéressantes et de vidéos pédagogiques qui sont meilleurs que la brochure, sont très populaires. Ce type de manuel permet à l'utilisateur de voir toute la vidéo d'instruction sans sauter les spécifications et les descriptions techniques compliquées Fortinet 548B, comme c’est le cas pour la version papier.
Pourquoi lire le manuel d’utilisation?
Tout d'abord, il contient la réponse sur la structure, les possibilités du dispositif Fortinet 548B, l'utilisation de divers accessoires et une gamme d'informations pour profiter pleinement de toutes les fonctionnalités et commodités.
Après un achat réussi de l’équipement/dispositif, prenez un moment pour vous familiariser avec toutes les parties du manuel d'utilisation Fortinet 548B. À l'heure actuelle, ils sont soigneusement préparés et traduits pour qu'ils soient non seulement compréhensibles pour les utilisateurs, mais pour qu’ils remplissent leur fonction de base de l'information et d’aide.
Table des matières du manuel d’utilisation
-
Page 1
FortiSwitch-548B V ersion 5.2.0.2 User Guide[...]
-
Page 2
FortiSwitch-548B User Guide Version 5.2.0.2 Revision 2 15 December 2010 © Copyright 2010 Fortinet, Inc. All rights reserve d. No part of this publication including text, examples, diagrams or illustrations m ay be rep roduced, transmitt ed, or translated in any form or by any mean s, electronic, mechanical, manual, opti cal or otherwi se, for any [...]
-
Page 3
- 3 - T able of Content s 1. Introduction .................................................................................................................. 6 1.1 Scope ................................................................................................................... 6 1.2 Documentation .............................................[...]
-
Page 4
- 4 - 7.2 Device Configuration Commands ....................................................................... 42 7.3 Management Commands ................................................................................. 153 7.4 S panning T ree Commands ............................................................................... 202 7.5 System L[...]
-
Page 5
- 5 - 9.4 Multicast Commands ........................................................................................ 513 9.5 Protocol Independent Multicast – Dense Mode (PIM-DM) Commands ............ 519 9.6 Protocol Independent Multicast – S parse Mode (PIM-SM) Commands ........... 523 9.7 IGMP Proxy Commands .................................[...]
-
Page 6
- 6 - 1. Introduction 1.1 Scope This document describes: how to install the FortiSwitch-548B switch (the Switch) how to use the CLI console to manage the Switch how to use the web-based manag ement interface to configure the Switch 1.2 Documentation The Fortinet Technical Documentation web site, http://docs.fortinet.com , provides the m[...]
-
Page 7
- 7 - To learn about the training services that Fortinet prov ides, visit the Fortinet Trai n ing Service s web site at http://campus.training.fortinet.com , or email them at training@fortinet.com .[...]
-
Page 8
- 8 - 2. Product Overview 2.1 Switch Description FortiSwitch-548B is a SFP+ 10-Gigabit Ether net backbone switch designe d for adapta bility and scalability. The Switch provides a manag ement platform and uplink to backbone. Alternatively, the Switch can utilize up to 48 10-Gigabit Ethernet ports to fun cti on as a central distributio n hub for oth[...]
-
Page 9
- 9 - • VLAN routing support • IP Multicast support • IGMP v1, v2, and v3 support • DVMRP support • Protocol Independent Multicast - Dense M ode (PIM -DM) su pport for IPv4 and IPv6 • Protocol Independent Multicast - Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) suppo rt for IPv4 and IPv6 • IPV6 function Supports DHCPv6 protocol, OSPFv3 protocol, Tunneling, l[...]
-
Page 10
- 10 - 2.3 Front-Panel Components The front panel of the Switch consists of 48 10-Gig abit interfaces, 2 LED indicators, 1 built-in 10 00/100/10 RJ-45 Ethernet service ports, an RS-2 32 communication port, and 48 port LEDs. The upper LED indicators d i splay po wer status. The lower LE D indi cators displays the status of the switch. An RS-232 DCE [...]
-
Page 11
- 1 1 - 2.6 Management Options The system may be managed by using one Service Ports through a Web Browswer,Telent, SNMP function and using the con sole port on the front panel through CLI comm and. 2.7 Web-based Management Interface After you have successfully insta lled the Switch, you can configure the Switch, monitor the LED panel, and display s[...]
-
Page 12
- 12 - • RFC 3289 - DIFFSERV-DSCP-TC • RFC 3289 - DIFFSERV-MIB • QOS-DIFFSERV-EXTENSIONS-MIB • QOS-DIFFSERV-PRIVATE-MIB • RFC 2674 802.1p • RFC 2932 (IPMROUTE-MIB) • Fortinet Enterprise MIB • ROUTING-MIB • MGMD-MIB • RFC 2934 PIM-MIB • DVMRP-STD-MIB • IANA-RTPROTO-MIB • MULTICAST-MIB • FASTPATH-ROUTING6-MIB • IEEE8021-[...]
-
Page 13
- 13 -[...]
-
Page 14
- 14 - 3. Installation and Quick Startup 3.1 Package Contents Before you begin installing the Switch, confirm that your package contai n s the following item s: • One FortiSwitch-548B Layer III 10-Gigabit Managed Switch • Mounting kit: 2 mounting brackets and screws • Four rubber feet with adh e sive backing • One AC power cord • This Use[...]
-
Page 15
- 15 - 3.2 Switch Installation Installing the Switch Without the Ra ck 1. Install the Switch on a level surface that can safely su pport the we ight of the Switch and its attached cables. The Switch must have adequ ate space fo r ventilation and for accessing cable connectors. 2. Set the Switch on a flat surface and check for pr oper ventilation. A[...]
-
Page 16
- 16 - 3.3 Installing the Switch in a Rack You can install the Switch in most standard 19-inch (48. 3-cm) racks. Refer to the illustrations below. 1. Use the supplied screws to attach a mounting bra cket to each side of the Switch. 2. Align the holes in the mounting bracket with the holes in the rack. 3. Insert and tighten two screws thr ough each [...]
-
Page 17
- 17 - 3.4 Quick Starting the Switch 1. Read the device Installation Guide for the connectiv ity procedure. In-ban d conn ectivity allows access to the FortiSwitch-548B Series Switch locally. From a remote workstation,the device must be configured with IP information (IP address, subnet mask, and defa ult gateway). 2. Turn the Power ON. 3. Allow th[...]
-
Page 18
- 18 - 3.5 System Information Setup 3.5.1 Quick Start up Software Version Information T able 2-1. Quick St art up Software V ersion Information Command Details show hardware Allows the user to see the HW & SW version the device contains System Description - switch's mo del na me show version Allows the user to see Serial Numb er, Part Numb[...]
-
Page 19
- 19 - (Read/Write) or is only able to view (Read Only). As a factory default, admin has Read/Write access and guest has Rea d Only access. There can only be one Read/Write user and up to 5 Read Only users. show loginsession Displays all login session information username <username> {p ass w d | nopasswd} Allows the user to set passwords or c[...]
-
Page 20
- 20 - Management VLAN Id - Specifies VLAN id Web Mode - Indicates whet her HTTP/Web is enabled. Java Mode - Indicates whether java mod e is enabled. ip address (Config)# interface vlan 1 (if-vlan 1)# ip address <ipaddr> <netm ask> (if-vlan 1)# exit (Config)# ip default-gateway <gateway> IP Address range from 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.25[...]
-
Page 21
- 21 - copy <url> startup-config <filename> Sets the download datatype to be an image or config file. The URL must be specified as: tftp://ipAddr/filepath/fileName. The startup-config option downloads the config file using tftp and image option downloads the code file. 3.5.8 Quick Start up Factory Defaults T able 2-8 Quick St art up Fac[...]
-
Page 22
- 22 - 4. Console and Telnet Administration Interface This chapter discusses many of the feature s used to manage the Switch, and explains many concepts and important points rega rd ing these features. Configuring the Switch to impleme nt these concepts is discussed in detail in chapter 6. 4.1 Local Console Management Local console management invol[...]
-
Page 23
- 23 - • The console port is set for the following config uration: • Baud rate: 11,520 • Data width: 8 bits • Parity: none • Stop bits: 1 • Flow Control: none A typical console connection is illustrated below: Figure 3-1: Console Setting Environment[...]
-
Page 24
- 24 - 4.3 Set Up your Switch Using Telnet Access Once you have set an IP address for your Switch, you can use a Telnet program (in a VT-100 compatible terminal mode) to access and control the Switch. Mo st of the screens a re id entical, whether accessed from the console port or from a Telnet interface.[...]
-
Page 25
- 25 - 5. Web-Based Management Interface 5.1 Overview The Fortinet FortiSwitch-548B Series Layer III plus QoS Managed Switch provides a built-in browser interface that lets you configure and manage it remo tely using a standard Web br owser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0 or later or Netscap e Navigato r 6.0 or later. This interface als o a[...]
-
Page 26
- 26 - 5.2 How to log in The Fortinet FortiSwitch-548B Series Layer III plus QoS Managed Switch can be configured remotely from Microsoft Internet Explorer (version 5.0 or above), or Mozilla FireFox (versi on 3.6 or above). 1. Determine the IP address of your managed switch. 2. Open your Web browser. 3. Log in to the managed switch using the IP add[...]
-
Page 27
- 27 - 5.3 Web-Based Management Menu Menus The Web-based interface enables navigation through several menus. The main navigation menu is on the left of every page and contains the screens that let y ou access all the commands and statistics the swit ch provides. Main Menus • System • Switching • Routing • Security • IPv6 • QoS • IPv4 [...]
-
Page 28
- 28 - Secondary Menus The Secondary Menus u nder the Main M enu contain a hos t of optio ns that you can use to conf igure your switch. The online help co ntains a d etailed description of the features on each screen. You can cli ck the ‘help’ or the question mark at the top righ t of each screen to view the help menu topics. The Secondary Men[...]
-
Page 29
- 29 - • MAC-based VLAN — see “MAC-base d Comm ands” • MAC-based Vocie VLAN — see “MAC-based Voci e VLAN Commands” • Voice VLAN — see “Voice VLAN Commands” • Filters — see “MAC Filter s Commands” • GARP — see “GVRP and Bridge Extension Comm ands” • Dynamic Arp Inspection — see “DAI Command s” • IGMP[...]
-
Page 30
- 30 - • Secure HTTP — see “HTT P Comman ds” • Secure Shell — see “Secure Shell (SSH) Command s” IPv6 • OSPFv3 — see “OSPFv3 Configuration Comma nd s” • IPv6 Routes — see “IPv6 Rout es Configuratio n Commands” • RIPv6 — see “RIPv6 Configuration Com mands” QoS • ACL — see “ACL Commands” • Diffserv ?[...]
-
Page 31
- 31 - 6. Command Line Interface St ructure and Mode-based CLI The Command Line Interface (CLI) syntax, conventions , and termi nology are described in this section. Each CLI command is illustrated us ing the structure outlined b elow. 6.1 CLI Command Format Commands are followed by values, parameters, or b oth. Example 1 ip address <ipaddr> [...]
-
Page 32
- 32 - 6.2 CLI Mode-based Topology Parameters Parameters are order dependent. The text in bold italics should be replaced with a name or n umber . T o use spaces as p art of a name parameter , enclose it in double quotes like this: "System Name with S paces". Parameters may be mandatory values, optional values, choices, or a combination. [...]
-
Page 33
- 33 - Conventions Network addresses are used to define a link to a rem ote host, workstation, or network. Netw ork addresses are shown usin g the followin g syntax: T able 5-1. Network Address Synt a x Address Type Format Range IPAddr A.B.C.D 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255 MacAddr YY:YY:YY:YY:YY:YY hexidec imal digit pairs Double quotation marks such [...]
-
Page 34
- 34 - 7. Switching Commands le 7.1 System Information and Statistics commands 7.1.1 show arp This command displays co nne ctivity between the switch and other devices. The Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache identifies t he MAC addre sses of the IP stati ons comm uni cating with the switch. Syntax show arp Default Setting None Command Mode Pri[...]
-
Page 35
- 35 - 7.1.3 show process cpu This command provides the percentage utiliz ation of the CPU by different tasks. Syntax show process cpu i It is not necessarily the traffic to the CPU, but different tasks that keep the CPU busy Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message The following shows example CLI di splay output for the co[...]
-
Page 36
- 36 - 7.1.4 show eventlog This command displays the event log, which contains error messages from t he system, in the Primary Management System or in the specified unit. T he event log is not cleared on a sy stem reset. Syntax show eventlog [unit] unit - The unit number of the remote sy stem. The range is 1 to 8. Default Setting None Command Mode [...]
-
Page 37
- 37 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.1.6 show sysinfo This command displays switch brie f information and MIBs sup ported. Syntax show sysinfo Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message System Description: The text used to identify this switch. System Name: The n ame used to identify the switch. System L[...]
-
Page 38
- 38 - Display Message System Description: Text used to identify this switch. System Object ID: The manufacturin g ID System Information System Up Time: The time in days, hours a nd min utes since the last switch reboot. System Name: Name u sed to identify the switch. System Location: Text used to identify the location of the switch. May be up to 3[...]
-
Page 39
- 39 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message System Description: Text used to iden tify the product name of thi s switch. Machine Type: Specifies the machine model as defined by the Vital Product Data. Machine Model: Specifies the machine model as defined by the Vital Produ ct Da ta. Serial Number: The unique box serial [...]
-
Page 40
- 40 - Name: Name provided by Power Supply vendor. Model: Model Number provided by Power Supply ven dor. Revision Number: Revisi on Num b e r provided by Power Supply vendor. Manufacturer Location: Location provi ded by Power Supply vendor. Date of Manufacturing: Date of Manufacturing provided by Powe r Supply vend or. Serial Numbe: Serial Number p[...]
-
Page 41
- 41 - Serial Number: The unique box serial n umber for this switch. Hardware Version: The hardware versi on of this switch. It is divided into four parts. The first byte is the major version and the second byte repre se nts the minor version. Number of ports: Total number of port for this swirch system. Label Revision Number: The label revision se[...]
-
Page 42
- 42 - 7.1.12 show command filter This command displays the information that begin/include/exclude t he regular expression. Syntax show command [| begin/include/exclude <LINE > ] Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message command: Any show command of the CLI begin: Begin with the line that matches include: Include lines[...]
-
Page 43
- 43 - Source: This port is a monitoring port. PC Mbr: This port is a member of a port-channel (LAG). Dest: This port is a probe port. Admin Mode: Selects the Port control administration state. The port must be enabled in order for it to be allowed into the network. It may be enabled or disa bled. The fact ory default is enabled. Physical Mode: Sel[...]
-
Page 44
- 44 - Broadcast Packets Recei v ed: The total number of packets rece ived that were directed to the broadcast address. Note that this doe s not include multicast packe ts. Packets Transmitted Without Error: The total numb er of packets transmitted out of the interface. Transmit Packets Errors: The number of outbound p ackets that co uld not be t r[...]
-
Page 45
- 45 - Total Packets Received (Octets): The total number of octets of d ata (including those in bad packets) received on the network (excluding frami ng bi ts but including FCS octets). This object can be used as a reasonable estimate of Ethernet utiliz ation. If greater precision is desired, the etherStatsPkts and ethe rStatsOctets o bjects sh oul[...]
-
Page 46
- 46 - Packets RX and TX 4096-9216 Oc tets: The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were between 4096 and 9216 octets in length inclusive (excludi ng framing bits but including FCS octets). Total Packets Received Without Erro rs Unicast Packets Receiv e d: The numb er of su bnetwork-unicast packets delivered to a higher-la[...]
-
Page 47
- 47 - Packets Transmitted 1024-15 18 Octets: The total number of packets (in cludin g bad pa ckets) received that were between 1024 and 1518 octets in length inclusive (excludi ng framing bits but including FCS octets). Packets Transmitted 1519-15 22 Octets: The total number of packets (in cludin g bad pa ckets) received that were between 1519 and[...]
-
Page 48
- 48 - RSTP BPDUs Received: Rapid Spanning Tree Proto col Brid ge Protocol Data Units received. MSTP BPDUs Transmitted: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol Bri d ge Protocol Data Units sent. MSTP BPDUs Received: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Protocol Data Units received. EAPOL Frames Receiv e d: The nu mber of valid EAPOL fram es of any type t[...]
-
Page 49
- 49 - Most VLAN Entries Ever Used: The large st number of VLANs that have been active on this switch since the last reboot. Static VLAN Entries: The number of presently active VLAN entries on this swit ch that have been created statically. Dynamic VLAN Entries: The number of pre sently active VLAN entries on this swit ch that have been created by [...]
-
Page 50
- 50 - Syntax interface <slot/port> <slot/port> - is the de sired interface num ber. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.2.1.5 speed-duplex This command is used to set the spee d and duplex mode for the int erface. i The 10-Giga interfaces will not provide the following command. Inste ad, it provides a command to set the s[...]
-
Page 51
- 51 - Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.2.1.6 negotiate This command enables a utomatic negotiation on a port. The default value is enabl ed. i The 10-Giga interfaces will not provide the followin g command. Syntax negotiate no negotiate no - This command disab l es autom atic negotiation on a port. Default Setting Enable Command M[...]
-
Page 52
- 52 - 7.2.1.7 capabilities This command is used to set the capa bilities on specific interfa ce. i The 10-Giga interfaces will not provide the followin g command. Syntax capabilities {{10 | 100 } {full-duplex | half-duplex}} | {10 00 full-du plex } no capabilities {{10 | 100 } {full-duplex | half-du plex}} | {1000 full-duplex } 10 - 10BASE-T 100 -[...]
-
Page 53
- 53 - Command Mode Global Config 7.2.1.8 storm-control flowcontrol This command enables 802.3x flow control for the switch. i 802.3x flow control only applies to full-duplex mode ports. Syntax storm-control flowcontrol no storm-control flowcontrol no - This command disa b les 802.3x flow control for the switch. Default Setting Disabled Command Mod[...]
-
Page 54
- 54 - 7.2.1.9 storm-control flowcontrol pfc The PFC function is disabled by default. Only af ter enabling it, the PFC process also start s. Once the feature is enabled, the original basic IEEE 802.3x P AUSE control cannot be enabled. It means these two features cannot be enabled at the same time. i 802.3x flow control only applies to full-duplex m[...]
-
Page 55
- 55 - no - This command enables all po rts. Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Global Config 7.2.1.11 description This command is used to create an alph a-numeric description of the port. Syntax description <description> no description no - This command removes the description of the port. Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config[...]
-
Page 56
- 56 - Interface Config 7.2.2 L2 MAC Address and Multicast Forwarding Database Tables 7.2.2.1 show mac-addr-table This command displays the forwarding database entries. If the command is entered with no p a rameter, the entire table is displayed. This is the same as entering the optional all paramet er. Alternatively, the administrator can enter a [...]
-
Page 57
- 57 - 7.2.2.2 show mac-addr-table count This command displays the total forwarding databas e entries, the number of static and learn ning mac address, and the max address available on the switch. Syntax show mac-addr-table count Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Dynamic Address count: The total learning mac addresse[...]
-
Page 58
- 58 - Static: The v alue of the correspondi ng instance was adde d by the system or a user when a static MAC filter was defined. It cannot be relearned. Learned: The value of the correspondin g instan ce was learned by observing the source MA C addresses of incoming traffic, and is currently in use. Management: The value of the correspo nding in s[...]
-
Page 59
- 59 - GMRP Learned: The value of the correspo nding in stance was l earned via GM RP and ap pli es to Multicast. Other: The value of the corre sp onding instance does not fall into one of the othe r categories. 7.2.2.5 show mac-address-table gmrp This command displays the GARP Multicast Regist ration Protocol (GMRP ) entrie s in the Multicast Forw[...]
-
Page 60
- 60 - Typ e: This display s the type of the ent ry. Static entries are those that are configured by the end user. Dynamic entries are added to the table as a re sult of a learning process or protocol. Description: The text description of this multicast table entry. Interfaces: The list of interfaces that are desig nated for forwarding (Fwd:) and f[...]
-
Page 61
- 61 - Syntax show mac-address-tabl e st ats Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Max MFDB Table Entries: This di splays the total number of entries that can possibly be in the MFDB. Most MFDB Entries Since Last Reset: This displ ays the largest number of entries that have been present in the Multicast Forwarding Databa[...]
-
Page 62
- 62 - 300 Command Mode Global Config 7.2.3 VLAN Management 7.2.3.1 show vlan This command displays brief informat ion on a list of all configured VLANs. Syntax show vlan Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message VLAN ID: There is a VLAN Identifier (vla nid) associated with each VLAN. The ran ge of the VLAN ID is 1 to 3965. [...]
-
Page 63
- 63 - Display Message VLAN ID: There is a VLAN Identifier (VID) asso ciated with each VLAN. The range of the VLAN ID is 1 to 3965. VLAN Name: A string associated with this VLAN a s a conve nien ce. It can be up to 16 alphanumeri c characters, including blanks. The defa ult is blan k. VL AN ID 1 is always named `Default`. This field is optional. VL[...]
-
Page 64
- 64 - Privileged Exec Display Message MAC Address: A unicast MAC address for whi c h the switch ha s forwarding and/or filtering information. The format is 6 or 8 two-digit hexade cimal numbe rs that are separated by colons, for example 01:23:45:67:89:AB. In an IVL system the MA C address wil l be displayed as 8 bytes. In an SVL system, the MAC ad[...]
-
Page 65
- 65 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Group Name: This field displays the group nam e of an ent ry in the Protocol-ba sed VLAN table. Group ID: This field displays the group identifier of the protocol g ro up. Protocol(s): This field indicate s the type of protocol(s) for this group. VLAN: This field indicates the[...]
-
Page 66
- 66 - 7.2.3.7 vlan database This command is used to enter VLAN Int erface configuration mode Syntax vlan database Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.2.3.8 vlan This command crea tes a n ew VLAN and assign s it an ID. The ID is a valid VLAN identification number (ID 1 is reserved fo r the def ault VLAN). VLAN range is 2-3965. Syntax [...]
-
Page 67
- 67 - no - This command sets the name of a VLAN to a blank string. The VLAN ID is a valid VLAN identification number. ID range is 1-3965 . Default Setting The name for VLAN ID 1 is always Default. The nam e for other VLANs is defaul ted to a blank string. Command Mode VLAN database 7.2.3.10 vlan association mac This command associate s a MAC addre[...]
-
Page 68
- 68 - 7.2.3.12 vlan makestatic This command change s a dynamically created VLAN ( one that is created by GVRP registration) to a static VLAN (one that is permanent ly configured and defined). The ID is a valid VLAN identification number. VLAN range is 2-3965. Syntax vlan makestatic <vlanid> <vlanid> - VLAN ID (Range: 2 –3965). Defaul[...]
-
Page 69
- 69 - frames received on this int erface are accepte d and assi gned the value of the interface VLAN ID for this port. With either option, VLAN tagged frames are forwarded in accordance with the IEEE 802.1Q VLAN Specification. Syntax switchport acceptable-f ram e-type {tagged | all} no switchport acceptable-frame-type {ta gged | all} tagged - VLAN[...]
-
Page 70
- 70 - 7.2.3.15 switchport ingress-filtering This command enables in gress filtering. If ingress filt ering is disabled, frames received with VLAN IDs that do not match the VLAN membership of the rece iving interface are admitted and forwarde d to ports that are members of that VLAN. Syntax switchport ingress-filtering no switchport ingress-filteri[...]
-
Page 71
- 71 - 7.2.3.16 switchport native vlan This command changes the VLAN ID per interface. Syntax switchport native vlan <vlanid> no switchport native vlan <vlanid> <vlanid> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 –3965). no - This command sets the VLAN ID p er interface to 1. Default Setting 1 Command Mode Interface Config This command cha nge s the V[...]
-
Page 72
- 72 - <vlan-list> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 –3965) – separate non- consecutive IDs with ',' and no spaces and no zeros in between the ra nge; Use '-' for range. add - The interface is always a membe r of this VL AN. This is equiva lent to regist ration fixed. tagged - All frames transmitted for this VLAN will be tagged. unt[...]
-
Page 73
- 73 - Syntax switchport tagging <vlan-li st> no switchport tagging <vlan-list > <vlan-list> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 –3965) – separate non- consecutive IDs with ',' and no spaces and no zeros in between the ra nge; Use '-' for range. no - This command configure s the tagging behavior for a specific interface in[...]
-
Page 74
- 74 - switchport forbidden vlan {add | remove } <vlan-list> no switchport forbidden <vlan-list> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 –3965) – separate non- consecutive IDs with ',' and no spaces and no zeros in between the ra nge; Use '-' for range. add - VLAND ID to add. remove - VLAND ID to remove. no - Remove the list of forb[...]
-
Page 75
- 75 - Default Setting 0 Command Mode Global Config 7.2.3.21 switchport protocol group This command adds the ph ysical <slot/port> interface to the protocol-based VLAN identified b y < group-name> . A group may have more than one interface associat ed with it. Each interface and protocol combination can only be associated with one group[...]
-
Page 76
- 76 - Global Config This command adds all ph ysical inte rfaces to the protocol-based VLAN identified by < group-name> . A group may have more th an one interface asso ciated with it. Each int erface and protocol combination can only be associated with one group. If adding an interface to a group cau se s any conflicts with protocols current[...]
-
Page 77
- 77 - None Command Mode Global Config 7.2.4 Double VLAN commands 7.2.4.1 show dvlan-tunnel/ dot1q-tunnel This command is used without the optional param eters to display all interfaces enabled for Double VLAN Tunneling. Use the optional parameters to display detailed information about Do uble VLAN Tunneling for the specified interface or all inter[...]
-
Page 78
- 78 - Default Setting Vman Command Mode Interface Config 7.2.4.3 switchport dvlan-tunnel/ dot1q-tunnel This command is used to enable Doubl e VLAN Tunneling on the specified interface. Syntax switchport {dvlan-tunnel|d ot1q-tunnel} no switchport {dvlan-tunnel |dot1q-tun nel} Default Setting Disable Command Mode Interface Config 7.2.5 GVRP and Brid[...]
-
Page 79
- 79 - GVRP Admin Mode: This display s the admini strativ e mode of GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP) for the system. 7.2.5.2 show gvrp configuration This command displays Ge neric Attributes Registra tion Protocol (GARP) information for one o r all interfaces. Syntax show gvrp configuration {<slot/port > | all} <slot/port> - An in[...]
-
Page 80
- 80 - 7.2.5.3 show gmrp configuration This command displays Ge neric Attributes Registra tion Protocol (GARP) information for one o r All interfaces. Syntax show gmrp configuration {<slot/port > | all} <slot/port> - An interface numbe r. all - All interfaces. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message I[...]
-
Page 81
- 81 - Syntax show garp configuration {<slot/port > | all} <slot/port> - An interface numbe r. all - All interfaces. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Interface: This displays the slot/port of the interfa c e that this row in the table describes. GVRP Mode: Indicates the GVRP administrative mode[...]
-
Page 82
- 82 - 7.2.5.6 bridge-ext gmrp This command enables GARP Multicast Registration Protocol (GM RP) on the system. The default value is disabled. Syntax bridge-ext gmrp no bridge-ext gmrp no - This command disab l es GA RP Multicast R egi stration Protocol (GMRP) on the system. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 7.2.5.7 switchport gvr[...]
-
Page 83
- 83 - all - All interfaces. no - This command disab l es GV RP (GARP VLAN Regi stration Protocol) for all ports. If GVRP is disabled, Join Time, Leave Time, and Leave All Time have no effect. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 7.2.5.8 switchport gmrp This command enables G MRP Multicast Registration Protocol on a selected interfac[...]
-
Page 84
- 84 - all - All interfaces. no - This command disab l es GM RP Multicast Registration Protoc ol on a sel ected interface. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 7.2.5.9 garp timer This command sets the GVRP join time per po rt and per GARP. Join time is the interval between the transmission of GARP Protocol Data Units (PDUs) reg ister[...]
-
Page 85
- 85 - garp timer join all < 10-100 > no garp timer join all <10-100> - join time (Range: 10 – 100) i n centiseconds. all - All interfaces. no - This command sets the GVRP join time for a ll ports and per GARP to 20 centiseconds (0.2 seconds). This command h as an effect only when GVRP and GMRP are ena ble d. Default Setting 20 centis[...]
-
Page 86
- 86 - This command sets the GVRP leave time per po rt. Le ave time is the time to wait after receiving an unregister request for a VLAN or a mult icast grou p b efore deleting the VLAN entry. This can be considered a buffer time for another stati on to assert registration for the same attribute in ord er to maintain uninterrupted service. The ti m[...]
-
Page 87
- 87 - Global Config This command sets how freque ntly Lea ve All PDUs are generated per port. A Leave All PDU indicate s that all registrations will be unre giste red. Partic ipants would need to rejoin in o rd er to maintain registration. The value applies per port an d per GARP participation. The time may range from 20 0 to 6000 (centiseco nds).[...]
-
Page 88
- 88 - Default Setting 1000 centiseconds (10 secon ds) Command Mode Global Config 7.2.6 IGMP Snooping 7.2.6.1 ip igmp snooping The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set IGMP Snooping on the system, use the ip igmp snooping global configuration command. Use the no ip igmp snooping to disable IGMP Snooping on the system. Syntax ip i[...]
-
Page 89
- 89 - 7.2.6.3 ip igmp snooping fast-leave The user can go to the CLI Global/Interface Configur ation Mode to set IGMP Snooping fa st-lea ve admin mode on a selected interface or all interf aces, use the ip igmpsnooping fast-leave global/interface configuration command. Use the no ip igmp snooping fas t-le ave disable IGMP Snooping fast-leave admin[...]
-
Page 90
- 90 - 7.2.6.5 ip igmp snooping max-response-time The user can go to the CLI Interface Global/Interf ace Config uratio n Mode to set the IGMP Maximum Response time for the sy stem, on a particula r interface, use the ip i gmp snooping max-response-time <1-25> global /interface con figuration co mmand. Use the no ip igmp snooping max-response-[...]
-
Page 91
- 91 - 7.2.6.7 ip igmp snooping mrouter interface The user can go to the CLI Interface Configurati on Mo de to configure the interface as a multicast router-attached interface or configure the VLAN ID for the VLAN that has the multicast router attached mode enabled, use the ip igmp snooping mrouter inter f ac e|<v lanId> interface configurati[...]
-
Page 92
- 92 - Syntax set igmp fast-leave <vlanid> no set igmp fast-leave <vlanid> <vlanid> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 3965). Default Setting Disabled Command Mode VLAN Mode 7.2.6.10 set igmp groupmembership-interval The user can go to the CLI VLAN Configuration Mode to set the IG MP Group Mem bership Interval time on a particular VLAN, use [...]
-
Page 93
- 93 - < vlanid > - VLAN ID (Range: 1 – 396 5). <1-25> -- This value must be less than t he IGMP Que ry Interval time value. The range is 1 to 25 seconds. Default Setting 10 Command Mode VLAN Mode 7.2.6.12 set igmp mcrtrexpiretime The user can go to the CLI Interface VLAN Confi guration Mode to set the Multicast Router Present Expirat[...]
-
Page 94
- 94 - <slot/port> - Interface number. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.2.6.14 show ip igmp snooping The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exe c to get all of igmp snoopin g information, use the show ip igmp snooping Privilege comm and. Syntax show ip igmp snooping Default Setting None Command Mode Privilege Exec Display Messa[...]
-
Page 95
- 95 - When you specify a value for <vlani d>, the following informatio n appears. VLAN ID : VLAN Id IGMP Snooping Admin Mode : Indicates whether IGMP Snooping is active on the VLAN. Fast Leave Mode : Indicates whether IGMP Snooping Fast L eave is active on the VLAN. Group Membership Interval : Shows the amount of time in seconds that a swit [...]
-
Page 96
- 96 - <slot/port> - Interface number. Default Setting None Command Mode Privilege Exec Display Message VLAN ID : Displays the list of VLANs of which the interface is a me mber. Slot/Port : Shows the interface on which multica st rout er inform ation is being displayed. 7.2.6.17 show ip igmp snooping static The user can go to the Privilege Ex[...]
-
Page 97
- 97 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privilege Exec Display Message MAC Address : A multicast MAC add ress for which the swit ch has f orwarding or filtering inform ation. The format is twodigit hexadecimal num bers t hat are sep arated by colons, for example 01:00:5e:67:89:AB. Typ e : The type of entry, which is either static (added by the use[...]
-
Page 98
- 98 - Default Setting 0.0.0.0 Command Mode Global Config 7.2.7.3 ip igmp snooping querier query-interval The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration M ode to set IGMP snooping querier query interval, use the ip igmp snooping querier query-interv al <1-1800> global configuration command. Use the no ip igmp snooping querier query-interv al[...]
-
Page 99
- 99 - 7.2.7.5 ip igmp snooping querier version The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration M ode to set IGMP snooping querier version, us e the ip igmp snooping querier version <1-2> global configuration command. Use the no ip igmp snooping querier version return to default value zero. Syntax ip igmp snooping querier versi on <1-2>[...]
-
Page 100
- 100 - 7.2.7.7 ip igmp snooping querier vlan address The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration M ode to set IGMP snooping querier vlan add re ss, use the ip igmp snooping querier vlan <1-3965> addr e ss <ip-address> global configuratio n command. Use the no ip igmp snooping querier vlan <1-3965> address return to default va[...]
-
Page 101
- 101 - Syntax show ip igmp snooping que rier Command Mode Privilege Exec Display Information IGMP Snooping Querier Mode: Administrative mod e for IGMP Snoopi ng. The default is disable. Querier Address: Specify the Snooping Queri er Address to be used as source address in periodic IGMP queries. This address is used whe n no addre ss is configured [...]
-
Page 102
- 102 - Operational Version: Displays the operational IGMP protocol version of the querier. 7.2.7.11 show ip igmp snooping querier detail This command display all of IGMP snoop ing que rier information on the system. Syntax show ip igmp snooping querier d etail Command Mode Privilege Exec Display Information IGMP Snooping Querier Mode: Administrati[...]
-
Page 103
- 103 - User Exec Display Message When the optional arguments <slot/port> or <vl anid> are not used, the comm and displays the following information. Admin Mode: Indicates whether or not MLD Snoopin g is active on the switch. Interfaces Enabled for MLD Snooping: Interfa ce s on which MLD Snooping is enabled. Multicast Control Frame Coun[...]
-
Page 104
- 104 - show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter inte rface <slot/port> Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Interface: Shows the interface on whi ch multicast router information is being displayed. Multicast Router Attached: Indicate s whether multicast router is statically ena bled on the interface. VLAN ID: Dis[...]
-
Page 105
- 105 - Syntax show ipv6 mld snooping st atic Default Setting None Command Mode Privilege Exec User Exec Display Message VLAN: The VLAN ID used with the MAC address to fully identify packets you want L2Mca st Group. MAC Address: The MAC address of the L2Mcast Gr oup in the format 33:33:xx:xx:xx:xx. Port: List the ports you want includ ed into L2Mca[...]
-
Page 106
- 106 - 7.2.8.6 ipv6 mld snooping The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set MLD Snooping on th e system , use the ipv6 mld snooping global configuration com mand. Use the no ipv6 mld snooping to disable ML D Snooping on the system. Syntax Ipv6 mld snooping no ipv6 mld snooping Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 7.[...]
-
Page 107
- 107 - Disabled Command Mode Global Config Interface Config 7.2.8.9 ipv6 mld snooping fast-leave The user can go to the CLI Global/Interface Config uration Mode to set MLD Snoo ping fast-leave admin mode on a selected interface or all interf aces, use the ip v 6 mld snooping fast-leave global/interface configuration command. Use the no ipv6 mld sn[...]
-
Page 108
- 108 - 7.2.8.11 ipv6 mld snooping max-response-time The user can go to the CLI Interface Global/Inte rface Configuration Mode to set the MLD Maximum Response time for the system, on a p articular interface, use the ipv6 mld snooping max-response-time <1-65> global /interface con figuration co mmand. Use the no ipv6 mld snooping max-response-[...]
-
Page 109
- 109 - Syntax Ipv6 mld snooping mrouter interface interface|<vlanI d> no ipv6 mld snooping mrouter interface|<vlanId> Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config 7.2.8.14 ipv6 mld snooping static The user can go to the Glo bal Mode and add a po rt to ipv6 multicast group, use the ipv6 mld snooping static Global command. Syntax i[...]
-
Page 110
- 1 10 - 7.2.8.16 set mld fast-leave The user can go to the CLI VLAN Configuration Mode to set MLD Snooping fast-leave admin mode on a particular VLAN, use the set mld fas t-leave <vlanid> vlan configuration command. Use th e no set mld fast-leave <vlanid> disabl e MLD Snooping fas t-leave admin mode. Syntax set mld fast-leave <vlani[...]
-
Page 111
- 1 1 1 - 10 Command Mode VLAN Mode 7.2.8.19 set ipv6 mld mcrtrexpiretime The user can go to the CLI Interface VLAN Confi guration Mode to set the Multicast Router Present Expiration time on a particular VLAN, use the set mld mcrtrexpiretime <v lanid> <0-3600> vlan configuration command. Use the no set mld mcrtrexpiretime <v lanid>[...]
-
Page 112
- 1 12 - MLD Version: Specify the MLD protocol version u se d in periodic MLD querie s. Querier Query Interval: Specify the time interval in seco nd s between periodic queries sent by the snooping querier. The Q uery Interval must be a value in the range of 1 and 1800. The default value i s 60. Querier Expiry Interval: Specify the tim e interval in[...]
-
Page 113
- 1 13 - Syntax show ipv6 mld snooping q uerie r detail Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message MLD Snooping Querier Mode: Admi n istrative mode for MLD Snooping. The default is disable Querier Address: Specify the Snooping Queri er Address to be used as source address in periodic MLD queries. This add re ss is u[...]
-
Page 114
- 1 14 - 7.2.9.5 ipv6 mld snooping querier address The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set MLD snooping querier address, use the ipv 6 mld snooping querier address <ipv6-addres s> global configuration comman d. Use the ipv6 mld snooping querier address <ipv 6-address> return to default value zero. Syntax ipv6 mld sno[...]
-
Page 115
- 1 15 - Command Mode Global Config 7.2.9.8 ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set MLD sn ooping querier vlan admin mode, use the ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan <1-3965> global configu ration command. Use the no ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan <1-3965> return to disable. Syntax ipv6 mld[...]
-
Page 116
- 1 16 - Syntax ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan electio n participate <1-3965> no ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan ele ction parti cipate <1-3965> Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 7.2.10 Port Channel 7.2.10.1 show port-channel This command displays the static ca pability of a ll port-channels (LAGs) on the device as well[...]
-
Page 117
- 1 17 - Syntax show port-channel <logi cal slot/port> <logical slot/port> - The port-channel interface numb er. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Log. Intf: The logical slot and the logical port. Channel Name: The nam e of this port-cha nnel (LAG). You may enter any string of up to 15 alphanumeric charac[...]
-
Page 118
- 1 18 - Channel Name: The nam e of this port-cha nnel (LAG). You may enter any string of up to 15 alphanumeric characters. Link: Indicates whethe r the Link i s up or down. Admin Mode: May be enabled or disabl ed. The factory default is enabled. Typ e: This field displays the status designating whethe r a particular port-channel (LAG) is staticall[...]
-
Page 119
- 1 19 - 7.2.10.3 port-channel adminmode all This command sets every configure d port-channel with the same administ rative mode setting. Syntax port-channel adminmode all no port-channel adminmode all no - This command disa bles a port-channel (LA G). The option all sets every conf igured port-channel with the same administrative mode setti ng. De[...]
-
Page 120
- 120 - <logical slot/port> - The port-channel interface numb er. all - all port-channel interfaces. no - This command disab les link trap notifications for the port -cha nnel (LA G). The interface is a logical slot and port for a configured port-channel. The option all sets every configured p ort-channel with the same administrative mode set[...]
-
Page 121
- 121 - Syntax load-balance { src-mac| dst-mac | dst-src-ma c | src-ip | dst-ip| dst-src-ip } no load-balance src-mac - Sets the mode on the source MAC address. dst-mac - Sets the mode on the destination MAC address. dst-src-mac - Sets the mode on the source and desti nation MAC a ddresses. src-ip - Sets the mode on the source IP address. dst-ip - [...]
-
Page 122
- 122 - 7.2.10.8 port-channel system priority This command defines a system priority for the port-chann el (LAG ). Syntax port-channel system priority <prio rity-value> <priority-value> - valid value 0-65535. Default Setting 32768 Command Mode Global Config 7.2.10.9 adminmode This command enables a p ort-channel (LAG) members. The inter[...]
-
Page 123
- 123 - no - This command disab l es Lin k Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) on a port. Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Interface Config This command enables Li nk Aggregation C ontrol Protocol (LACP) on all port s. Syntax lacp all no lacp all all - All interfaces. no - This command disab les Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) on all p[...]
-
Page 124
- 124 - This command set <actor | partne r> admin state value of Link Aggre gation Contro l Protocol (LACP) on a port. Syntax lacp <actor|partner> a dmin stat e <individual|longtimeout|pa ssive > no lacp <actor|partner> admin st ate <in dividual|longtimeout|passive> individual - Set lacp admin state to individual. Use [...]
-
Page 125
- 125 - Syntax lacp <actor|part ne r> syste m priority <pri ority -va lue> no lacp <actor|partner> system priority <priority-v alue> – range 0-65535. no - This command restores <a ctor | partner> syst em priority value of Link Ag gregation Control Protocol (LACP). Default Setting 32768 Command Mode Interface Config T[...]
-
Page 126
- 126 - Syntax channel-grou p <logi cal slot/port> <logical slot/port> - Port-Channel Interface number. Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config Command Usage The maximum number of members for each Port-Channel i s 8. 7.2.10.13 delete-channel-group This command deletes the port from the port-ch annel (LAG). The interface is a [...]
-
Page 127
- 127 - Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.2.11 Storm Control 7.2.11.1 show storm-control This command is used to display broad cast sto rm control information. Syntax show storm-control broadcast Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Intf: Displays interface number. Mode: Displays status of storm control [...]
-
Page 128
- 128 - Intf: Displays interface number. Mode: Displays status of storm control m ulticast. Level: Displays level for storm control m ulticast Rate: Display s rate for storm control multicast. This command is used to display uni cast storm control information Syntax show storm-cont rol unicast Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Displ[...]
-
Page 129
- 129 - Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config This command enables b roadcast storm recovery mode on all interface s. Syntax storm-control broadcast no storm-control broadcast no - This command disab l es broad cast storm recovery mode on al l interface s. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode GlobaI Config 7.2.11.3 storm-control m[...]
-
Page 130
- 130 - storm-control multicast no storm-control multicast no - This command disab les multicast st orm recovery mode on all interface s. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.2.11.4 storm-control unicast This command enables u nicast storm recovery mo de on the selected interface. Syntax storm-control unicast no storm-control unicast n[...]
-
Page 131
- 131 - Global Config 7.2.11.5 switchport broadcast packet-rate This command will protect your net wo rk from broadcast stor ms by setting a threshol d level for broadcast traffic on each port. Syntax switchport broadcast packet-rate { 1 | 2 | 3 | 4} 1 - Threshold level represents 64 pps for 1G Port or 1042 pps for 1 0G port. 2 - Threshold level re[...]
-
Page 132
- 132 - Command Mode Global Config 7.2.11.6 switchport multicast packet-rate This command will protect your network from multicast stor ms by setting a threshold level for multicast traffic on each port. Syntax switchport multicast packe t-rate {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} 1 - Threshold level represents 64 pps for 1G Port or 1042 pps for 1 0G port. 2 - Threshol[...]
-
Page 133
- 133 - Level 4 Command Mode Global Config 7.2.11.7 switchport unicast packet-rate This command will protect your net work from unicast storms by setting a threshold level for unicast traffic on each port. Syntax switchport unicast packet -rate {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} 1 - Threshold level represents 64 pps for 1G Port or 1042 pps for 1 0G port. 2 - Threshol[...]
-
Page 134
- 134 - Default Setting Level 4 Command Mode Global Config 7.2.12 L2 Priority 7.2.12.1 show queue cos-map This command displ ays the class of se rv ice priority map on sp ecifi c interface. Syntax show queue cos-m ap [<slot/port>] <slot/port> - Interface number. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message User Prio[...]
-
Page 135
- 135 - priority queue 0 1 1 0 2 0 3 1 4 2 5 2 6 3 7 3 Command Mode Interface Config 7.2.13 Port Mirror 7.2.13.1 show port-monitor session This command displays the Port monitoring information for the sp ecified se ssion. Syntax show port-monitor session <Sessio n Number> <Session Number> - session numb er. Default Setting None Command [...]
-
Page 136
- 136 - 7.2.13.2 port-monitor session This command configure s a probe port and a monitor ed port for monitor session (po rt monitoring). Use the source interface <slot/port> parameter to specif y the interface to monitor. Use rx to monitor only ingress packets, or use tx to monitor only egress pa ckets. If you do not spe cify an {rx | tx} op[...]
-
Page 137
- 137 - port-monitor sessi on <se ssion-id> mode no port-monitor session <session-id> mode <session-id> - Sessi on ID. no - This command disab les port-monitoring function for a monitor sessio n. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.2.14 Link State 7.2.14.1 show link state Show link state information. Syntax show link[...]
-
Page 138
- 138 - Syntax link state [group | [enable <1-6>]] no link state [group <1-6> | [enable <1-6 >]] no - This command disab les link state function. Command Mode Global Config 7.2.14.3 link state group Set upstream port or downstrea m port for a link stat e group. Use ‘link state group <group id> upstream’ to set the port t[...]
-
Page 139
- 139 - Mode : Indicates whether or not the group is active. MAC Update : Indicates wh ether or not mac-move-update is enabl e on the gro up. Active Port : Display the active port number. Backup Port : Display the active port number. Current Active Port : Display the current active port number. 7.2.15.2 port-backup Enable/Disable the port backup ad[...]
-
Page 140
- 140 - 7.2.16 FIP Snooping 7.2.16.1 show fip-snooping This command displays fip-sno oping whether enable or disable. Syntax show fip-snooping Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message FIP Snooping: fip-snooping function status. 7.2.16.2 show fip-snooping enode This command displays the ENode conn ections for the entire syst[...]
-
Page 141
- 141 - 7.2.16.3 show fip-snooping session This command displays all FIP snooping sessions for the entire system. Syntax show fip-snooping sessi on Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message FCF MAC: MAC addre ss o f the FCF.. ENode MAC: MAC address of the ENode. FCoE MAC: FCoE MAC address that is us ed to send the FCoE packe[...]
-
Page 142
- 142 - 7.2.16.5 show fip-snooping vlan This command displays FIP snoopi ng whether enable or disable on specific VLAN. Syntax show fip-snooping vlan {< 1-3965 > | all} <1 - 3965> - VLAN ID. all - This command represents all interfaces. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Vlan ID: fip-snooping function stat[...]
-
Page 143
- 143 - 7.2.16.7 fip-snooping vlan This command enable s FIP sno oping on a VLAN. VL AN must be configured before it can be use d. Once VLAN is enabled, the FIP packets will be snoo ped only on the confi gured VLANs. FIP snooping is disabled on VLANs by default. Syntax fip-snooping vlan <vlan id> no fip-snooping vlan <vlan id> <1 - 3[...]
-
Page 144
- 144 - 7.2.17.2 show queue ets scheduler-type This command displays ET S function on spec ific interface for the entire system. Syntax show queue ets schedule r -type <slot/po r t> <slot/port> - Interface number. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Interface: Name of the interface to which the ETS is enabl[...]
-
Page 145
- 145 - show queue ets pg-mappi ng <slot/port > Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Interface: Name of the interface to which the ETS is enabl ed. pg-mapping: ETS priority to priority group mapping list. 7.2.17.5 queue ets The ETS function is disabled by default. Only a fter enabling it, the ETS process also star[...]
-
Page 146
- 146 - WERR - Set ETS scheduler type to WERR no - This command restores the scheduler type to WERR. Default Setting werr Command Mode Interface Config 7.2.17.7 queue ets weight This command configures t he weight ratio of the tw o p riority groups (LAN and SAN) fo r an interface. The sum of these two weight values sho uld meet 100 in percentage. T[...]
-
Page 147
- 147 - <0 - 7> - Priority Id from 0 to 7. lan - Sets ETS Priority Id to LAN priority group san - Sets ETS Priority Id to SAN priority group ipc - Sets ETS Priority Id to IPC priority group no - This command restores the priority to pr iority group mapping list to default value. Default Setting Priority id 0 to 2 in LAN, 3 to 6 in SAN and 7 i[...]
-
Page 148
- 148 - outer CFI: Displays Outer Packet CFI for Congestion Notification Message inner CFI: Displays Inner Packet CFI for Con gestion Notification Message inner Dot1p: Displays Inner Packet Priority for Congestion Notification Message no-generate: Generate CNM or not. 7.2.18.2 show congestion-notify interface This command displays CN functio n glo [...]
-
Page 149
- 149 - Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 7.2.18.4 congestion-notify tag The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration M ode to configure the CNTAG Ether Type is recognize d by parsing stages. Use the ‘con gest ion-notify tag ethertype recogn ize’ glo bal configuration command. Use the ‘no congestion-notify tag et hertype recog nize’[...]
-
Page 150
- 150 - 7.2.18.5 congestion-notify enable The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to enable handling congestion notificatio n message. Use the ‘congestion-notify enable’ global configuration comman d. Use the ‘no congestion-notify enable’ to disable h andling congesti on notification message. Syntax congestion-notify enable no [...]
-
Page 151
- 151 - Syntax congestion-notify CPID devid < 0-16777215 > no congestion-notify CPID devid <0-16777215> - Thi s com mand sets the Device ID of CPID no - This command confi gure d evice identifier to default value. Default Setting 0 Command Mode Global Config The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to configure the LSB field[...]
-
Page 152
- 152 - no congestion-notify outer { CFI | Dot1p | TPID| vlan} <-1-1> - This comm and sets value of CNM's outer VLAN tag's CFI bits. <-1-7> - This comm and sets value of CNM's outer VLAN tag's 802. 1p bits. <0-65535> - This command sets value of CNM's outer VLAN tag's TPID. <0-4095> - This comma[...]
-
Page 153
- 153 - Syntax congestion-notify no-generate no congestion-notify no-generate no - This command uses to keep g enerate CNM. Default Setting keep generate CNM. Command Mode Global Config 7.3 Management Commands 7.3.1 Network Commands 7.3.1.1 show ip interface This command displays co nfiguration settings asso ciated with the switch's net wo rk [...]
-
Page 154
- 154 - Network Configuration Protocol Current: Indicates which network proto col i s being used. The options are bootp | dhcp | none. DHCP Client Identifier TEXT: DCHP client identifier in TEXT mode for this swit ch. DHCP Client Identifier HEX: DHCP client identifier in HEX address for this swi tch. Management VLAN ID: Specifies the management V L[...]
-
Page 155
- 155 - no - This command sets the default ma ximum transmission unit (MTU) size (in bytes) for the interface. Default Setting 1518 Command Mode Interface Config 7.3.1.4 interface vlan This command is used to enter Interfa ce -vlan co nfigu ration mode. Syntax interface vlan <vlanid> <vlanid> - VLAN ID (Range: 1 - 3965). Default Setting[...]
-
Page 156
- 156 - Command Mode Interface-Vlan Config Command Usage Once the IP address is set, the VLAN ID’s value will be assigned to management VLAN. 7.3.1.6 ip default-gateway This command sets the IP Address of the default gate way. Syntax ip default-gateway <gateway> no ip default-gateway < gateway > - IP addre ss of the default gateway no[...]
-
Page 157
- 157 - 7.3.1.8 ip filter This command is used to enable the IP filter function. Syntax ip filter no ip filter no – Disable ip filter. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config This command is used to set an IP address to be a filter. Syntax ip filter <ipaddr> no ip filter <ipaddr> <ipaddr> - Configure a IP addr ess to[...]
-
Page 158
- 158 - Syntax show line console Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Serial Port Login Timeout (minutes): Specifies the time, in minutes, of inactivity on a Serial port connection, after which the Switch will close the co nnection. Any numeric value between 0 and 160 is allowed, the factory default is 5. A value of 0 d[...]
-
Page 159
- 159 - 7.3.2.3 baudrate This command specifies the communica tion rate of t he terminal interface. The supported rates are 1 200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57 600, 115200. Syntax baudrate {1200 | 2400 | 4800 | 9600 | 19 200 | 3840 0 | 57600 | 115200} no baudrate no - This command sets the com munication rate of the terminal interface to 1152[...]
-
Page 160
- 160 - Syntax password-threshold <0-120> no password-threshold <threshold> - max threshold (Ra nge: 0 - 120). no - This command sets the maximum value to the default. Default Setting 3 Command Mode Line Config 7.3.2.6 silent-time This command uses to set the amount of time the manageme nt console is inaccessi ble after the numbe r of u[...]
-
Page 161
- 161 - Default Setting 24 Command Mode Line Config 7.3.3 Telnet Session Commands 7.3.3.1 telnet This command establish es a new outbound telnet connection to a remote host. Syntax telnet <host> [port] [debug] [line] [echo] <host> - A hostname or a valid IP address. [port] - A valid decimal integer in the ra nge of 0 to 65 535, where th[...]
-
Page 162
- 162 - Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Remote Connection Login Timeout (minutes): Th is object indicates the number of minutes a remote connection session is allowed to remain inactive before bei ng logged off. A zero means there will be no timeout. May be specified as a number from 0 to 160. The factory defa ult is 5. Maximum Number [...]
-
Page 163
- 163 - Syntax exec-timeout <1-160> no exec-timeout <sec> - max connect time (Range: 1 -16 0). no - This command sets the rem ote connection session timeout value, in minutes, to the default. Default Setting 5 Command Mode Line Vty 7.3.3.5 password-threshold This command is used to set the password instru ctio n threshold li mited for t[...]
-
Page 164
- 164 - no - This command sets the value to the default. Default Setting 24 Command Mode Line Vty 7.3.3.7 maxsessions This command specifie s the maximum number of remote con nection session s that can be established. A value of 0 indicates that no remote connection can be established. The range i s 0 to 5. Syntax maxsession s <0- 5> no maxse[...]
-
Page 165
- 165 - 7.3.3.9 sessions This command regulates n ew telnet sessions. If sessions are enabled, new telne t session s can be established until there are no more sessions avail able . If sessions are disabled, no new telnet sessi ons are established. An established sessi on remains acti ve until the session is ended or an abnormal network error ends [...]
-
Page 166
- 166 - 7.3.3.11 telnet maxsessions This command specifies the maximum n umber of si multaneous outbound telnet se ssions. A value of 0 indicates that no outbound telnet se ssi on can be established. Syntax telnet maxsessions <0-5 > no maxsessi ons <0-5> - max session s (Ra nge: 0 - 5). no - This command sets the maximum value to be 5. [...]
-
Page 167
- 167 - Syntax show telnet Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Outbound Telnet Login Timeout (in minutes ) Indicates the number of minut es an outbound telnet session is allowed to remai n inactive before being lo gged off. A value of 0, which is the default, results in no timeout. Maximum Number of Outbound [...]
-
Page 168
- 168 - 7.3.4.2 sshc sessions This command regulates new outbo und ssh connecti ons. If enabled, new outbou nd ssh sessio ns can be established until it reaches the maximum number of simultan eou s outbound ssh sessions all owed. If disabled, no new outboun d ssh session can be estab lished. An established se ssion remains active until the session [...]
-
Page 169
- 169 - i Changing the timeout value for active sessions doe s not become effective until the session is reaccessed. Any keystroke will also activate the new timeout duration. Syntax sshc exec-timeout <1-160> no sshc exec-timeout <1-160> - max connect time (Ra nge: 1 -160). no - This command sets the rem ote connection session timeout v[...]
-
Page 170
- 170 - 7.3.5 SNMP Server Commands 7.3.5.1 show snmp This command displays SNMP commu nity information. Six communities are supported. You can add, chan ge, or delete communitie s. The swit ch doe s not have to be reset for changes to take effec t. The SNMP agent of the switch complies with SNMP versions 1, 2 c, and 3 (fo r more a bout the SNMP spe[...]
-
Page 171
- 171 - Syntax show tra pflags Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Authentication Flag: May be enabled or disabled. Th e factory default is enabled. Indicates wh ether authentication failure traps will be sent. Link Up/Down Flag: May be enabled or disabl ed. The factory default is enabled. Indicates whether link status[...]
-
Page 172
- 172 - Global Config 7.3.5.4 snmp-server location This command set s the physical lo cation of the switch. The ra nge for name is from 1 to 31 al phan umeri c characte rs. Syntax snmp-server l ocation <loc> <loc> - range is from 1 to 31 alpha numeric characters. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.3.5.5 snmp-server contac[...]
-
Page 173
- 173 - i Community names in the SNMP community t able must be unique. If you make multiple entries using the same co mmunity nam e, the first entry is ke pt and processed and all duplicate entries are ignored. Syntax snmp-server community <name> no snmp-server community <name > <name> - community nam e (up to 16 case-sensitive ch[...]
-
Page 174
- 174 - This command sets a client IP mask for an SNMP community. The addre ss is the associated co mmunity SNMP packet sending address and i s used along with the client IP addres s value to denote a range of IP addresses from which SNMP client s may use that community to acce ss the d evice. A value of 255.255.255.255 will allow access from only [...]
-
Page 175
- 175 - range of IP addresses from which SNM P clients may us e that community to access the device. A value of 0.0.0.0 allows access from any IP address. Otherwise, this value is ANDed with the mask to determin e the range of allowed client IP addresses. The name is the applicable community name. Syntax snmp-server community ipaddr <ipaddr> [...]
-
Page 176
- 176 - no - This command disab les the Authentication trap. Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Global Config This command enables the DVMRP trap. Syntax snmp-server enable trap s dvmrp no snmp-server enable traps dvmrp no - This command disab les the DVMRP trap. Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Global Config This command enabl es Link Up/Dow[...]
-
Page 177
- 177 - This command enables Mu ltiple User traps. When the traps are enabled, a Multiple User Trap is sent when a user logs in to the termin al interface (EIA 232 or telnet) a nd there is an ex isting terminal interface session. Syntax snmp-server enable trap s multiusers no snmp-server enable traps multiu sers no - This command disab l es Multipl[...]
-
Page 178
- 178 - virtauthentication-failure | virt-bad-packet | virt-config-err or} | if-rx {all | if-rx-packet} | lsa {all | lsa-maxage | lsa-originate} | overflow {all | lsdb-overflow | lsdb-approa chin g-over flow} | retransmit {all | packets | virt-packets} | rtb {all, rtb-entry-info} | state-ch ange {all | if-state-change | neigh bo r-state-change | vi[...]
-
Page 179
- 179 - Enabled Command Mode Global Config 7.3.6 SNMP Trap Commands 7.3.6.1 show snmptrap This command displays SNMP trap re ceivers. Trap me ssages are sent a cro ss a network to an SNMP Network Manager. These messages alert the mana ger to events occurring within the switch or on the network. Six trap receivers are simultaneously supp orted. Synt[...]
-
Page 180
- 180 - Syntax snmptrap snmpversion <name> <ipadd r> <snmpversion> Default Setting Snmpv2 Command Mode Global Config 7.3.6.3 snmp trap link-status This command enables lin k status traps by interface. i This command is valid only when the Li nk Up/Down Flag is en able d. See ‘snmpserver enable traps linkmode’ command. Syntax s[...]
-
Page 181
- 181 - Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 7.3.6.4 snmptrap <name> ipaddr <ipaddr> <snmpversion> This command adds an SNMP trap nam e. The maximum length of the name is 16 case-sensiti ve alphanumeric characters. Syntax snmptrap <name> ipaddr <ipa ddr> <snmpversion> no snmptrap <name> <i[...]
-
Page 182
- 182 - <ipaddr> - an original IP addres s. <ipaddrnew> - a new IP address. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.3.6.6 snmptrap mode This command activates or deactivates an SNMP trap. Enabled trap receivers are active (able to receive traps). Disabled trap receivers are inac ti ve (not able to receive trap s). Syntax snmpt[...]
-
Page 183
- 183 - Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message HTTP Mode (Unsecure): This field indi cates whether the HTTP mode is enabled or disabled. HTTP Port: This field specifies the port configured for HTTP. HTTP Mode (Secure): This field indicat es whether the admin istrative mode of secure HTTP is enabled or disabled. Secure Port: This field specifi[...]
-
Page 184
- 184 - Syntax ip http port <1-65535> no ip http port <1-65535> - HTTP Port value. no - This command is used to reset the http port to the default value. Default Setting 80 Command Mode Global Config 7.3.7.4 ip http server This command enables a ccess to the switch through the Web interface. When access is enabled, the user can login to[...]
-
Page 185
- 185 - no ip http secure-port <portid> - SSLT Port value. no - This command is used to reset the SSLT port to the default value. Default Setting 443 Command Mode Global Config 7.3.7.6 ip http secure-server This command is used to enable the secure socket layer for secure HTTP. Syntax ip http secure-server no ip http secure-server no - This c[...]
-
Page 186
- 186 - Default Setting SSL3 and TLS1 Command Mode Global Config 7.3.8 Secure Shell (SSH) Commands 7.3.8.1 show ip ssh This command displays the SSH settings. Syntax show ip ssh Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Administrativ e Mode: This field indi cates whether the administrativ e mode of SSH is ena bled or disable[...]
-
Page 187
- 187 - no - This command is used to disable SSH. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 7.3.8.3 ip ssh protocol This command is used to set or remove protocol leve ls (or versions) for SSH. Either SSH1 (1 ), SSH2 (2), or both SSH 1 and SSH 2 (1 and 2) can be set. Syntax ip ssh protocol <protoco llevel1> [protocollevel2] <prot[...]
-
Page 188
- 188 - 7.3.8.5 ip ssh timeout This command sets the SS H connection session timeo ut value, in minutes. A session is active as long as the session has been idle f o r the value set. A value of 0 indicates that a sessio n remains active indefinitely. The time is a decimal value from 0 to 160. Changing th e timeout value for active sessions does not[...]
-
Page 189
- 189 - 7.3.9.2 crypto key generate This command is used to generat e an RSA or DSA key pair for SSH. Syntax crypto key generate {RSA | DSA} no crypto key generate {RSA | DSA} no- This command is used to delete the RSA or DSA key from the device. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.3.10 DHCP Client Commands 7.3.10.1 ip dhcp restart Th[...]
-
Page 190
- 190 - ip dhcp client-identifier {t ext <text> | hex <hex>} no ip dhcp client-identifier <text> - A text string. (Range: 1-32 cha racters). <hex> - The hexadecimal value (00:00:00:00:00:00). no - This command is used to restore to default value. Default Setting System Burned In MAC Address Command Mode Global Config 7.3.11 [...]
-
Page 191
- 191 - Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.3.11.3 serviceport protocol This command specifies the oob configuration protoco l to be used. If you modify this value, the change is effective immediately. Syntax serviceport protocol {bootp | dhcp | dhcp6 | none [dhcp6]} <bootp> - Obtains IP address from BOOTP. <dhcp> - Obtain[...]
-
Page 192
- 192 - 7.3.12 DHCP Relay Commands 7.3.12.1 show bootpdhcprelay This command is used to display the DHCP relay agent configurati on inform ation on the system. Syntax show bootpdhcprelay Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Maximum Hop Count - The maximum number of Hops a cli ent request can go without being discarded. [...]
-
Page 193
- 193 - no - This command is used to reset to the default value. Default Setting 4 Command Mode Global Config 7.3.13 sFlow Commands 7.3.13.1 show sflow agent The user can go to the CLI Privilege Exe c to get the sFlow agent information, u se the sho w sflow agent Privilege command. Syntax show sflow agent Default Setting None Command Mode Privilege[...]
-
Page 194
- 194 - Display Message Poller Data Source: The sFlowDataSource (slot/port) for this sFlow sampler. This agent will support Physical ports only. Receiver Index: The sFlo wReceiver a ssociated with this sFlow counter poller. Poller Interval: The number of seconds betwee n su ccessive samples of the cou n ters a ssociated with this data source. 7.3.1[...]
-
Page 195
- 195 - Command Mode Privilege Exec Display Message Sampler Data Source: The sFlowDataSource (slot/port) for this sFlow sampler. This agent will support Physical ports only. Receiver Index: The sFlo wReceiver co nfigured for this sFlow sampler. Packet Sampling Rate: The statisti cal sampling rate for packet sampling from t his source. Max Header Si[...]
-
Page 196
- 196 - 7.3.13.7 set sflow maximum datagram size The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration M ode to set maximum datagram size, u se the sflo w receiver <index> maxda tagram <200-9116> global configuration command. Use the no sflow receiver <index> maxdatagram return to default value 1400. Syntax sflow receiver <index> [...]
-
Page 197
- 197 - Default Setting 6343 Command Mode Global Config 7.3.13.10 set sflo w interval The user can go to the CLI Interface Confi guration Mo de to set polli ng interval, use the sflo w poller interval <0-86400> interfa ce configuration command. Use the no sflo w poller interval re turn to default value zero. Syntax sflow poller interval <0[...]
-
Page 198
- 198 - 7.3.13.12 set sflo w poller index The user can go to the CLI I nterface Configuration M ode to configure a new sFlo w poller instance, use the sflow poller <index> interface configu ration command. Use the no sflo w poller return to default setting. Syntax sflow poller <index> no sflow poller Default Setting None Command Mode In[...]
-
Page 199
- 199 - 7.3.14.2 show serviceport ndp This command displays IPv6 Neigh bor entries. Syntax show serviceport ndp Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message IPv6 Address: Specifies the IPv6 address of neigh bor or interface. MAC Address: Specifies MAC add re ss associated with an interface. isRr: . Specifies router flag. Neighb[...]
-
Page 200
- 200 - Syntax serviceport ip <ipaddr> <n etmask> <ipaddr> - The user manu ally configu res IP address for this swit ch. <netmask> - The user ma nually configures Subnet Mask for this switch. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.3.14.4 serviceport protocol This command specifie s the netwo rk management po rt c [...]
-
Page 201
- 201 - Syntax serviceport ipv6 enable no serviceport ipv6 enable no - This command is disable IPv6 operation on the servi c e po rt. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.3.14.6 serviceport ipv6 address Use this command to configure IPv6 global addre ssing (i.e. Default routers) information for the service port. Syntax serviceport ipv6[...]
-
Page 202
- 202 - Syntax serviceport ipv6 gateway <gateway-address> no serviceport ipv6 gateway <gateway-address > : Gateway address in IPv6 global or link-lo cal a ddress format. no - This command remove IPv6 gateways on the service port int erface. i Only a single IPv6 gateway address can be co nf igured for the service port. There may be a com[...]
-
Page 203
- 203 - Privileged Exec Display Message Bridge Priority: Configured value. Bridge Identifier: The MAC Address for the Bridge from wh ich the Bridge Identi fiers used by the Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol. Time Since Topology Change: In se conds. Topology Change Count: Number of times changed. Topology Change in progress: Boolea n value of the[...]
-
Page 204
- 204 - Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Hello Time: The hello time value. Not Configured mean s usi ng default value. Port Mode: The administration mode of spa nnin g tree. BPDU Guard: Enabled or disa bled. ROOT Guard: Enabled or disa bled. LOOP Guard: Enabled or disabled. TCN Guard: Enabled or disabl ed. BPDU Filter Mode: Enabled or d[...]
-
Page 205
- 205 - Associated Instance : Identifier for the associated m ultiple sp anning tree instance or "CST" if associated with the common and internal spanning tree. 7.4.1.4 show spanning-tree mst This command displays settings an d parameters for the specified multiple span ning tree instance. The instance <0-4094> is a nu mber that cor[...]
-
Page 206
- 206 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message MST Instance ID List: List of multiple spanning tree s IDs cu rrently configured. For each MSTID : The multiple spanning tree instance ID. Associated FIDs: List of forwarding databa se ide ntifier s associated with this instanc e. Associated VLANs: List of VLAN IDs associated[...]
-
Page 207
- 207 - If 0 (defined as the default CIST ID) is passed as the <0-4094>, then this comm and displays the settings and param eters for a specifi c switch port wit hin the comm on and intern al spanni ng tree. The <slot/port> is the desired switch port. In this case, the following are displayed. Port Identifier: The port identifier for th[...]
-
Page 208
- 208 - <0-4094> - multiple spanning tree instance ID. <slot/port> - is the desired interface nu mber. all - All interfaces. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message MST Instance ID: The MST instance asso ciated with this port. Interface: The interface being displayed. STP Mode: Indicate STP mode. Typ e: Current[...]
-
Page 209
- 209 - Configuration Name : TConfigured name. Configuration Revision Level : Configu red value. Configuration Digest Key : Calculated value. Configuration Format Selector : Configured value. MST Instances : List of all multiple spanning tree inst ances configured on the switch. 7.4.1.6 show spanning-tree brief This command displays sp annin g tree[...]
-
Page 210
- 210 - no - This command sets the sp anning-tree operation al mode to be disabled. While disabled, the spanning-tree configuration is retaine d and can be changed, but is not activated. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 7.4.2.2 spanning-tree protocol-migration This command enables BP DU migration check on a given interface. The a[...]
-
Page 211
- 21 1 - Default Setting The base MAC address displayed using hexadecimal notation as s pecified in IEEE 802 standard. Command Mode Global Config This command set s the Configuration Identifier Revisi on Level for u se in identifying the configuration that this switch is currently using. The Config uration Identif ier Revision Level is a number in [...]
-
Page 212
- 212 - Global Config 7.4.2.5 spanning-tree forward-time This command sets the Bridge Fo rward Delay parameter to a new value for the comm on and internal spanning tree. The forward -time value is in seconds within a range of 4 to 30, with the value bein g greater than or equal to "(Bridge Max Age / 2) + 1". Syntax spanni ng-tree forward [...]
-
Page 213
- 213 - 7.4.2.7 spanning-tree max-age This command sets the Bridge Max Age parameter to a new value for the common and internal spannin g tree. The max-age value is in seconds within a rang e of 6 to 40, with the value being less than or equal to "2 times (Bridge Forward Delay - 1)" and greater than or equ al to “2 times (Bridge Hello T[...]
-
Page 214
- 214 - 7.4.2.9 spanning-tree hold-count This command sets the Bridge Tx Hold Count parameter to a new value for the common an d internal spanning tree. The Tx Hold Count value i s in a ran ge o f 1 to 110. Syntax spanni ng-tree hold-co unt <1-10> no spanning-tree hol d-count <1-10> - the Maximum hol d-count value (Range: 1-110). no - T[...]
-
Page 215
- 215 - This command set s the bridge priority for a sp ecific multiple spanning tree instance. The instan ce <mstid> is a number that corresponds to the desi red existing multiple spanning tree inst ance. The priority value is a number within a range of 0 to 61440 in increments o f 4096. If 0 (defined as the default CIST ID) is passed as the[...]
-
Page 216
- 216 - Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config This command set s the Path Cost or Port Priority for this po rt within the multiple spanning tree instan ce or in the common and internal spanning tre e. If the <1- 4094> paramet er corresponds to an existing multiple spanning tree instance, the n the config urations are done for that m[...]
-
Page 217
- 217 - If the ‘port-priority’ token is specified, this command sets the priority for this port within a specific multiple spanning tree instance or t he common and internal spanning tree instance, depe nding on the <1-4094> parameter. The port-pri orit y value is a number in the range of 0 to 240 in increments of 16. Syntax spanni ng-tre[...]
-
Page 218
- 218 - This command sets the Administrative Sw itch Port State for all ports to enabled. Syntax spanning-tree port mode all no spanning-tree po rt mod e all all - All interfaces. no - This command sets the Admini strative Switch Port State for all ports to disabled. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 7.4.2.12 spanning-tree auto-ed[...]
-
Page 219
- 219 - no - This command sets the Edgep ort function to the default value, that is Enabled. Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Global Config This command specifie s that this port is an Edge Port within the common an d internal spanning tree. This will allow this port to transition to Forwarding State without delay. Syntax spanning-tree edgeport[...]
-
Page 220
- 220 - This command sets the Edgepo rt BPDU Guard enable/disable parameter for accepting BPDUs on this switch. This command only works on dot1d mode. Syntax spanning-tree edgeport bp duguard no spanning-tree ed gep ort bpduguard no - This command sets the Edgep ort BPDU Guard to the default value, that is, Disabled. Default Setting Disabled Comman[...]
-
Page 221
- 221 - Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 7.4.2.14 spanning-tree uplinkfast This command sets the Upl ink Fast parameter to a new value on this switch. This command on ly works on dot1d mode. Syntax spanning -tree uplinkfast no spanning-tree upli nkfast no - This command sets the Upli nk Fast parameter to the default value, tha[...]
-
Page 222
- 222 - 7.4.2.16 spanning-tree tcnguard This command sets the TC N Guard parameter to prevent a port from propagating topology ch ange notifications. Syntax spanning-tree tcnguard no spanning-tree tcn guard no - This command sets the tcng uard parameter to the default value, that is Disabled. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 7[...]
-
Page 223
- 223 - Console Logging Severity Filter The minimum severity to log to the console lo g. Messages with an equal or lower numerical severity are logged. Buffered Logging The mode for buffered loggi ng. Syslog Logging The mod e for logging to configured syslog ho sts. If set to disabl e logging stops to all syslog host s. Terminal Monitor The mode fo[...]
-
Page 224
- 224 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Number of Traps since last reset: The number of traps that have occurred since the last reset of this device. Trap Log Capacity: The maximum number of traps that could be stored in the switch. Log: The sequen ce num ber of this trap. System Up Time: The rel a tive time since [...]
-
Page 225
- 225 - 7.5.2 Configuration Commands 7.5.2.1 logging buffered This command enables lo gging to in-memory log where up to 128 l ogs a re kept. Syntax logging buffered no logging buffered no - This command disab les log ging to in-memory log. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config This command enables wrapping of in-memory logging when full [...]
-
Page 226
- 226 - [<severi ty level> | <0-7>] - The value is specified as either an integer from 0 to 7 or symboli cally through one of the following keywords: emergency (0 ), alert (1), critical (2), error (3), warning (4), notice (5), informational (6), debug (7). no - This command disab les logging to the console. Default Setting None Command [...]
-
Page 227
- 227 - None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.5.2.5 logging host This command enables lo gging to a host w here up to eight hosts can be configured. Syntax logging host <hostaddress> [ <po r t>] [[<severitylevel> | <0-7 >]] <hostaddress> - IP add re ss of the log server. <port> - Port number. [<severi ty level&g[...]
-
Page 228
- 228 - Syntax logging host reconfigure <hostindex> <h ostaddress> <hostindex> - Index of the log server. <hostaddress> - New IP a ddress of the log server. Default Setting None Command Mode Globla Config 7.5.2.6 logging syslog This command enables syslog logging. Syntax logging syslog no logging syslog no - Disables syslog [...]
-
Page 229
- 229 - Command Mode Globla Config 7.5.2.7 clear logging buffered This command clears all in-memory log. Syntax clear logging buffered Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.6 Script Management Commands 7.6.1 script apply This command applies the commands in the configur ation script to the switch. The apply command backs up the runnin[...]
-
Page 230
- 230 - 7.6.2 script delete This command deletes a specified script or all the scripts pre se nted in the switch. Syntax script delete {<scriptname> | all} <scriptname> - The name of the script to be deleted. all - Delete all scripts presented in the switch. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.6.2.1 script list This comm[...]
-
Page 231
- 231 - <scriptname> - Name of the script file. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.6.4 script validate This command displays the content of a script file. Syntax script validate <scriptname> <scriptname> - Name of the script file. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.7 User Account Management Comman[...]
-
Page 232
- 232 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message User Name: The name the user will use to login using the se rial port , Telnet or Web. A new user may be added to the switch by entering a name in a blan k entry. The user nam e may be up to eight characters, and is not case sensitive. Two users are included as the factory de[...]
-
Page 233
- 233 - 7.7.1.3 show passwords configuration Use this command to display the configured passwo r d management settings. Syntax show passwords config uration Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Minimum Password Length: Minimum number of characters required when cha nging passwords . Password History : Number of password[...]
-
Page 234
- 234 - i The admin user account cannot be deleted. Default Setting No password Command Mode Global Config 7.7.2.2 Unlock a locked user account The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration M ode to unlock a locked user accou nt, use the username <name> unlock global configuratio n com mand. Syntax username <username> u nl ock <nam[...]
-
Page 235
- 235 - none - no use authentication method. no - This command sets the authe ntication protocol to be used for the specified login u ser to none . The <username> is the login user na me for which the specified authentication protocol will b e use d. Default Setting No authentication Command Mode Global Config 7.7.2.4 username snmpv3 encrypti[...]
-
Page 236
- 236 - passwords aging <1-365> no passwords agin g <1-365> - Number of days until password expire s. Default Setting 0 Command Mode Global Config 7.7.2.6 Set the password history The user can go to the CLI Global Configurati on Mode to set the password history, use the pass words history <0-10> Glob al configuration command. Use [...]
-
Page 237
- 237 - Default Setting 0 Command Mode Global Config 7.7.2.8 Set the minimum password length The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration M ode to set the minimum password length, use the passwords min-length <8-64> Global configuration comm and. Use the no pass w ords min-length return to default value 8. Syntax passwords min-length <8[...]
-
Page 238
- 238 - Display Message User: This field lists every user that has an authentica t ion login list assigned. System Login: This field display s the au thenticatio n login list assigned to the user for system login. 802.1x: This field displays the authe ntica tion login list assigned to the user for 802.1x port security. 7.8.1.2 show authentication T[...]
-
Page 239
- 239 - User Name: This field displays the user assigned to the specifie d authentication login list. Component: This field displays the component (User or 802.1x) for which the aut hentication login list is assigned. 7.8.1.4 show dot1x This command is used to show the stat us of the dot1x Administrativ e mode. Syntax show dot1x Default Setting Non[...]
-
Page 240
- 240 - Protocol Version: The protocol version asso ciated with this port. The only possible value is 1, corresponding to the first versi on of the dot1x specification. PAE Capabilities: The port access entity (PAE) functionalit y of this port. Poss ible values are Authenticator or Supplicant. Contro l Mode - The configured cont rol mode for this p[...]
-
Page 241
- 241 - terminated the port goes into unauthorized stat e. If the value is Radius-Request , then a reauthentication of the client aut henticated on the port is performed. 7.8.1.6 show dot1x statistics This command is used to show a summ ary of the glo bal dot1x conf iguration and the dot1x sta tistics for a specified po rt. Syntax show dot1x statis[...]
-
Page 242
- 242 - EAP Length Error Frames Received: The number of EAPOL frames that hav e been received by this authenticator in which the frame type is not recog nize d. 7.8.1.7 show dot1x summary This command is used to show a summary of the gl obal dot1x conf iguration and summa ry information of the dot1x configuration for a sp ecified port or all ports.[...]
-
Page 243
- 243 - Privileged Exec Display Message User: Users config ure d locally to have access to the specified port. 7.8.1.9 show dot1x client This command displays 80 2.1x client informatio n. Syntax show dot1x clients {<slot/port> | all} <slot/port> - is the desired interface nu mber. all - All interfaces. Default Setting None Command Mode [...]
-
Page 244
- 244 - 7.8.1.10 show radius servers This command is used to display item s of the configured RADIUS server s. Syntax show radius servers [<ipaddr|ho stnam e>] Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message <ipaddr|hostname>: The IP addres s or host name of the authenticating se rver. Current: The ‘*’ symbol prece[...]
-
Page 245
- 245 - Number of Named Accounting Serv er Groups: The number of configured named RADIUS server groups. Number of Retransmits: The configure d value of the maximum number of times a request packet is retransmitted. Time Duration: The configured timeout value, in seco nds, for request re-transmissi ons. RADIUS Accounting Mode: A global parameter to [...]
-
Page 246
- 246 - Round Trip Time: The time interval in centiseconds, between the most recent Accounting- Response and the Accounting-Req uest that matc hed it from the RADIUS accounting server. Requests: The number of RADIUS Accounting-Request pack ets sent to this a ccounting server. Thi s number does not include re transmissions. Retransmission: The num b[...]
-
Page 247
- 247 - Round Trip Time - The time interval, in hundredths of a second, between the most recent Access-Reply, Access - Ch allenge and the Access- Request that matched it from the RADIUS authentication server. Access Requests - The number of RADIUS Acce ss-Re quest packets sent to this server. This number does not include re transmissions. Access Re[...]
-
Page 248
- 248 - Port: Shows the configure d TACA CS + server port number. TimeOut: Shows the timeout in seconds fo r establishing a TCP connection. Priority: Shows the preference ord er in which TACACS + servers are contacted. If a server connection fails, the next highest priority serve r is contacted. 7.8.1.15 show port-security This command sho w s the [...]
-
Page 249
- 249 - This command show s the dynamically locked MA C addresses for port. Syntax show port-security dynamic <slot/port> Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message MAC addr ess Dynamicall y locked MAC address. This command show s the statically locke d MAC addresses for port. Syntax show port-security static <slot/p[...]
-
Page 250
- 250 - MAC addr ess MAC addre ss of di scarded packet on locked ports. 7.8.2 Configuration Commands 7.8.2.1 authentication login This command creates a n authenti cation login list. The < listname> is up to 15 alphanumeric characters and is not case sensitive. Up to 10 authentication login lists can be conf ig ured on the switch. When a list[...]
-
Page 251
- 251 - None Command Mode Global Config 7.8.2.2 username defaultlogin This command assigns the authentication login list to use for non -configured users when attempting to lo g in to the system. This setting is ov erridden by the authenticatio n login list assigned to a specific user if the user is configured locally. If th is value is not configu[...]
-
Page 252
- 252 - Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.8.3 Dot1x Configuration Commands 7.8.3.1 dot1x initialize This command begins the initialization sequence on t he specified port. This co mmand i s only valid if the control mode for the specified port is 'aut o'. If t he control mode is not 'auto' an error will be return[...]
-
Page 253
- 253 - Global Config 7.8.3.3 dot1x login This command assigns the specified authenticatio n login list to the specified user for 802.1x port se curity. The <user> parameter must be a co nfigured user and the <listn a me> parameter must be a config ure d authentication login list. Syntax dot1x login <user> <listname> <use[...]
-
Page 254
- 254 - 7.8.3.5 dot1x user This command adds th e specified user to the list of user s with access to the specified port or all ports. The <username> parameter m ust be a configured user. Syntax dot1x user <user> {<slot/port> | all} no dot1x user <user> {<slot/port> | all} <user> - Is the login user name. <slo[...]
-
Page 255
- 255 - Command Mode Global Config This command sets the authentication m ode to be u sed on the specified port. The control mode may be one of the following. force-unauthorized: The authenticator PAE uncondit ionally sets the controlled port to unauthorized. force-author ized: The authenticator PAE unconditionally sets the controlled port to autho[...]
-
Page 256
- 256 - Default Setting 2 Command Mode Interface Config 7.8.3.8 dot1x max-user This command configure s the maximum users to a sp ecified port, The system’s d efault maximum users of an interface has no limitation. If ‘ no dot1x max-users ’ command is executed, the system will reset the maximum users to infinity. If the maximum users is sp ec[...]
-
Page 257
- 257 - 7.8.3.10 dot1x re-reauthenticate This command begins the re-authentication sequen ce on the specified port. This command is only valid if the control mode for the sp ecified p ort is 'auto'. If t he control mode is not 'auto' an error will be returned. Syntax dot1x re-authenticate <slot/port> <slot/port> - is[...]
-
Page 258
- 258 - server-timeou t: Sets the value, in seconds, of the timer used by the authenticator state machine on this port to timeout the authentication server. The su pp- timeout must be a value in the range 1 - 65535. Syntax dot1x timeout {guest-vlan-period | quiet-p eriod | reauth -pe riod | se rver-timeout | supp-timeout | tx-period} <seconds>[...]
-
Page 259
- 259 - 7.8.4 Radius Configuration Commands 7.8.4.1 radius accounting mode This command is used to enable the RADIUS accounting function. Syntax radius accounting mode no radius accounting mode no - This command is used to set the RADIUS accounti ng function to the defa ult value - that is, the RADIUS accounting function is disabl ed . Default Sett[...]
-
Page 260
- 260 - 7.8.4.3 radius server attribute 4 This command to set the NAS-IP address for the ra dius server. Syntax radius-server attribute 4 [ipaddr] no radius-server attribute 4 no – use this command to reset the NAS-IP addres s for the ra dius server. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.8.4.4 radius-server dead-time This command cnfi[...]
-
Page 261
- 261 - number, the IP address must match that of a previ ously configure d RADIUS a uthentication server. The port number must lie between 1 - 65535, with 1812 being the default value. If the 'acct' token is used, the command config ure s the IP address to use for the RADIUS accounting server. Only a single accounting se rv er can be con[...]
-
Page 262
- 262 - Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.8.4.7 radius-server retransmit This command sets the maximum number of times a reque st packe t is re-transmi tted when no response is received from the RADIUS server. T he retri es val ue is an inte ger in the range of 1 to 15. Syntax radius-serve r retra nsmit <retries> no radius-ser[...]
-
Page 263
- 263 - Command Mode Global Config 7.8.4.9 radius-server msgauth This command enables the message authenticator attribute for a specified server. Syntax radius-server msgauth <ip a ddr|hostname > <ipaddr|hostname > - is a IP address o r hostname. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.8.4.10 radius-server primary This command[...]
-
Page 264
- 264 - 7.8.5 TACACS+ Configuration Commands 7.8.5.1 tacacs host This command is used to enable /di sable TACACS+ f unction and to config ure th e TACACS+ server IP address. The system has not any TACACS+ server conf igured for its initialization and supp ort 5 TACACS+ server s. Syntax tacacs host <ip-address|hostname > no tacacs host <ip-[...]
-
Page 265
- 265 - This command is used to configure the TA CACS+ au thenticatio n and encryption key. Syntax key [<key-string> | encr ypt ed <key-string>] Note that the length of the secret key is up to 128 characters. < key-string > - The valid value of the key. encrypted - the key string is encrypted. Default Setting None Command Mode TAC[...]
-
Page 266
- 266 - Default Setting 0 Command Mode TACACS Host Config 7.8.5.3 tacacs timeout This command is used to configure t he TACACS+ conne ction timeout value. Syntax tacacs timeout [<timeout>] no tacacs timeout <timeout> - The co nnection timeout value. Max timeout (Range: 1 to 30). no - This command is used to reset the timeout value to th[...]
-
Page 267
- 267 - 7.8.6 Port Security Configuration Commands 7.8.6.1 port-security This command enables p ort lockin g at the system level (Global Config) or port level (Interface Config ). Syntax port-securit y no port-security Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config Interface Config 7.8.6.2 port-security max-dynamic This command sets the ma ximum o[...]
-
Page 268
- 268 - no - This command resets the maximum number of st atically lo cked MAC addresses allowed on a specific port to its default value. Default Setting 20 Command Mode Interface Config 7.8.6.4 port-security mac-address This command adds a MAC add ress to the lis t of statically locked MAC addre sses. Syntax port-security mac-addres s <ma c -ad[...]
-
Page 269
- 269 - 7.8.6.6 port-security violation shutdown This command configure s the port violation shutdown mode. Once t he violation h appens, the interface will be shutdown. Syntax port-security violation shutdown no port-security violation no - This command restore violation mode to be def ault. Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config 7.9 C[...]
-
Page 270
- 270 - CDP Holdtime (sec): The l ength of time a receiving device should hold the L2 Network Switch CDP information before discarding it CDP Transmit Interv al (sec): A period of the L2 Net w ork Swit ch to send CDP packet Ports: Port number vs CDP s tatus CDP: CDP enable or disable 7.9.1.2 show cdp neighbors This command d isplays the CDP ne ighb[...]
-
Page 271
- 271 - Privileged Exec Display Message Device Id: Identifies the device name in the form of a cha ra cter string. Entry Address(es): The L3 addresses of the inte rface that has se nt the update. Platform: Describes the hardwa re platform name of the device, for example, Fo rtinet the L2 Network Switch. Capability: Describes the device's funct[...]
-
Page 272
- 272 - Syntax cdp no cdp no - This command is used to disable CDP Admin Mode. Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Global Config 7.9.2.2 cdp run This command is used to enable CDP o n a specified interface. Syntax cdp run no cdp run no - This command is used to disable CDP on a specified interface. Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Interface Co[...]
-
Page 273
- 273 - Command Mode Global Config 7.9.2.3 cdp timer This command is used to configure an interval time (seconds) of the sending CDP packet. Syntax cdp timer <5-254> no cdp timer <5-254> - interval time (Range: 5 – 254 ). no - This command is used to reset the interval time to the default value. Default Setting 60 Command Mode Global [...]
-
Page 274
- 274 - 7.10 SNTP (Simple Network Time Protocol) Commands 7.10.1 Show Commands 7.10.1.1 show sntp This command displays the current time and configuration settings for the SNTP client, and indicates whether the local time has been properl y updated. Syntax show sntp Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Last Update Time [...]
-
Page 275
- 275 - Client Mode: Configured SNTP Client Mode. Unicast Poll Interval Poll interval value for SNTP clients in se conds as a power of two. Poll Timeout (Seconds) Poll timeout value in second s for SNTP cli ents. Poll Retry Poll retry value for SNTP clients. This command displays co nfigured SNTP servers and SNTP se rver setting s. Syntax show sntp[...]
-
Page 276
- 276 - 7.10.2 Configuration Commands 7.10.2.1 sntp broadcast client poll-interval This command will set the poll interval for SNTP broa dcast clients in seconds as a power of two where <poll-interval> can be a value from 6 to 10. Syntax sntp broadcast client poll-interval <6 -10> no sntp broadcast client poll-interval <6-10> - Th[...]
-
Page 277
- 277 - 7.10.2.3 sntp client port This command will set the SNTP client p ort id and poll ing interval in seconds. Syntax sntp client port <portid> no sntp client port <portid> - SNTP client port id. no - Resets the SNTP client port id. Default Setting The default portid is 123. Command Mode Global Config 7.10.2.4 sntp unicast client po[...]
-
Page 278
- 278 - Syntax sntp unicast client poll-timeout <poll-time out> no sntp unicast client poll-timeout < poll-timeout > - Polling timeout in se con ds. The range is 1 to 30. no - This command will reset the poll t i meout for SNTP unica st cli ents to its default value. Default Setting The default value is 5. Command Mode Global Config 7.1[...]
-
Page 279
- 279 - <ipaddress/ipv 6address/domain-nam e > - IPv4 or IPv6 addre ss or domain name of the SNTP server. <addressty pe > - The a ddress type is ipv4 or ipv6 or dns or dnsv6. <1-3> - The range is 1 to 3. <version> - The range is 1 to 4. <portid> - The range is 1 to 6553 5. no - This command delet es an server from the [...]
-
Page 280
- 280 - sntp multicast client poll-interval <poll-interval> no sntp multicast client poll-interval <poll-interval> - Polling interval. It’s 2^(value) second s where the range of value is 6 to 10. no – This command will reset the poll interval for SN TP multicast client to its default value. Default Setting The default value is 6. Co[...]
-
Page 281
- 281 - Mask: The mac-mask is the last eight di git of the mask code of the MAC address, the valid values are: 0xff, 0xfe, 0xfc, 0xf8, 0xf0, 0xe0, 0xc0, 0x80 and 0x0. Priority: The p riority-id is the priority of the voic e traffic; the valid range is 0 to 7. 7.11.1.2 show voice vlan Use this command to display the configuration stat us of the Voic[...]
-
Page 282
- 282 - Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 7.11.2.2 voice-vlan vlan This command configures the specifie d VLAN to Voice VLAN. Syntax voice-vlan vlan <vlan-id> Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.11.2.3 voice-vlan mac This command is used to add a voice dev ice to a Voice VLAN. Syntax voice-vlan mac <mac- a d[...]
-
Page 283
- 283 - 7.11.2.4 voice vlan This command is used to enable/di sable Voice VLAN Admin Mode. Syntax voice vlan no voice vlan no - This command disab les the Voice VLAN capability on this switch. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config This command configures the Voice VLAN capability on the interface. Syntax voice vlan { <vlanid-id>[...]
-
Page 284
- 284 - Syntax voice vlan data priority untrust | trust Default Setting trust Command Mode Interface Config 7.12 LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) Commands 7.12.1 Show Commands 7.12.1.1 show lldp This command uses to display a summar y of the current LLDP configuratio n. Syntax show lldp Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display [...]
-
Page 285
- 285 - Syntax show lldp interface {<slot/port> | all} <slot/port> - Configs a specific interface. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Interface: Shows the interf ace in a slot/port format. Link: Shows whether the li nk is u p or down. Transmit: Shows whether the interf ace tran smits LLDPDUs. Receive: Show[...]
-
Page 286
- 286 - Total Deletes: Total number of deletes from the rem ote data table . Total Drops: Total number of times the complete rem ote data received was not inserted due to insufficient re sources. Total Ageouts: Total num ber of times a complete remote data entry was deleted because the Time to Live interval expired. The table contains the following[...]
-
Page 287
- 287 - 7.12.1.5 show lldp remote-device detail This command uses to display detailed information about remote dev ices that transmit current LLDP data to an interface on the system. Syntax show lldp remote-device detail <slot/port> <slot/port> - Displays a specific interface. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Me[...]
-
Page 288
- 288 - Syntax show lldp local-device {<slot/port> | all} <slot/port> - Displays a specific interface. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Interface: Identifies the interface in a slot/port format . Port ID: Shows the port ID associated with this interface. Port Description: Shows t he port de scription ass[...]
-
Page 289
- 289 - Port Description: Describ es the port in an alpha-numeric fo rmat. System Capabilities Supported: Indicates the prim ary func tion(s) of the device. System Capabilities Enabled: Shows which of the supported sy stem capabilities are enabled. Management Address: Lists the type of addres s and the specific address the loca l LLDP agent uses to[...]
-
Page 290
- 290 - Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Interface: Specifie s all the ports o n which LLDP-MED can be confi gured. Link: Specifies the link status of the port s whether it is Up/Down. ConfigMED: Specifies the LLDP-MED mode is e nabled or disable d on this interface. OperMED: Specifies the L LDP-MED TLVs are transmitted or not on this i[...]
-
Page 291
- 291 - Firmware Rev: Specifies Firmware versi on. Software Rev: Specifies Software version. Serial Num: Specifies serial number. Mfg Name: Specifies manufacturers name. Model Name: Specifies model name. Asset ID: Specifies asset id. Location Specifies if location TLV is present in LLDP frames. Subtype: Specifies type of location information. Info:[...]
-
Page 292
- 292 - Display Message Interface: Specifies the list of all the ports on which LLDP-MED is enabled. Remote ID: An internal identifier to the switch to mark each remote device to the system. Device Class: Specifies l ocal device's MED Classification. There are four different kinds of devices, three of them represent the ac tual end points (cla[...]
-
Page 293
- 293 - DSCP: Specifies the DSCP associated with a parti cular policy type. Unkno w n : Specifies the unkn own bit asso ci ated with a particular policy type. Tagged: Specifies the tagged bit associated with a p articular policy type. Inventory Specifies if inventory TLV is rece ived in LLDP frames on this port. Hardware Rev : Specifies hardwa re v[...]
-
Page 294
- 294 - no lldp notification no - This command is used to disable notification s. Default Setting Disbaled Command Mode Interface Config 7.12.2.2 lldp notification-interval This command is used to configure how freque ntly the system sends rem o te data chan ge notifications. The <interval-second s> p arameter is the number of secon ds to wai[...]
-
Page 295
- 295 - Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 7.12.2.4 lldp transmit This command uses to enable t he LLDP advertise capability. Syntax lldp transmit no lldp transmit no - This command is used to return the loca l data transmission capability to the default. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 7.12.2.5 lldp trans[...]
-
Page 296
- 296 - 7.12.2.6 lldp transmit-tlv This command is used to specify which optional type length values (TLVs) in the 802.1AB basic management set are transmitted in the LLDPDUs. Us e sys-name to transmit th e system n ame TLV. To configure the system name , please refer to “snmp-serv er” com mand. Use sys-descto transmit the sy stem description T[...]
-
Page 297
- 297 - Default Setting Interval-seconds 30 Hold-value 4 Reinit-sec onds 2 Command Mode Global Config 7.12.2.8 lldp tx-delay This command is used to set the timing parameter s for data transmissi on delay on ports enabled for LLDP. The <delay-seconds> determi nes the number of seconds to wait betwe en transmitting local data LLDPDUs. The rang[...]
-
Page 298
- 298 - 7.12.2.10 lldp med confignotification The user can go to the CLI Interface Co nfiguration M o de to set all t he po rts to send the topol o gy change notification, use the lldp med confignotification Interface configuration comma nd. Use the no lldp med confignotification to disable notifications. Syntax lldp med confignotification no lldp [...]
-
Page 299
- 299 - Interface Config 7.12.2.12 lldp med all The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration M ode to set LLDP-MED on all th e ports, u se the lldp med all Global configuration comman d. Use the no lldp med all to disabl e LLDP-MED on all the ports. Syntax lldp med all no lldp med all Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global config 7.12.2.13[...]
-
Page 300
- 300 - Syntax lldp med faststartrepeatcount <1 -10 > no lldp med faststartrepeat count Default Setting 3 Command Mode Global Config 7.12.2.15 lldp med transmit-tlv all The user can go to the CLI Global Configuration Mode to set Type Length Values (TLVs) in the LLDP-MED, use the lldp med transmit-tlv all [capabilities] [ex-pd] [ex-pse] [inven[...]
-
Page 301
- 301 - 7.13 Denial Of Service Commands 7.13.1 Show Commands 7.13.1.1 show dos-control This command displays the Denial of Serv ice configurations for the entire sy stem. Syntax show dos-cont rol Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message TCP Fragment Mode: May be enabled or disabled. The factory default is disabled. Min TCP [...]
-
Page 302
- 302 - 7.13.2 Configuration Commands 7.13.2.1 dos-control sipdip This command enables So urce IP Address = Desti nation IP Address (SIP=DIP) Denial of Service protection. If the mode is enabled, Denial of Service prev ention is active for this type of attack. If packet s ingress with SIP=DIP, the packets will be drop ped if the mode is enabled. Sy[...]
-
Page 303
- 303 - 7.13.2.3 dos-control firstfrag This command enables IP First Fragm ent Denial of Se rvice protection. If the mode is enabled, Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If packets ingress having IP First Fragment Offset equal to one (1), the packets will be drop ped if the mode is en abled. Syntax dos-control firstfrag [...]
-
Page 304
- 304 - 7.13.2.5 dos-control l4port This command enables L4 Port Denial of Service pr otections. If the mode is enabled, Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of at ta ck. If packet s ingress having Source TCP/UDP Port Number equal to Destination TCP/UDP Port Number , the packets will be drop ped if the mode is enabled. ! Some applic[...]
-
Page 305
- 305 - 7.13.2.7 dos-control udpport This command enables the UDP L4 source = destinat ion port number (Source UDP Port = Destination UDP Port) Denial of Service protection. If the mode is enabled, De n ial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If packets ingr ess with Source UDP Port =Desti nation UDP Port, the packets will be d[...]
-
Page 306
- 306 - 7.13.2.9 dos-control icmpv4 This command enables Ma ximum ICMPv4 Packet Size Denial of Service prote ct ions. If the mode is enabled, Denial of Service preventio n is active for this type of attack. If ICMPv4 Echo Request (PING) packets ingress having a si ze greater than the config ured value, the packets will be dropped if the mode is ena[...]
-
Page 307
- 307 - 7.13.2.11 dos-control icmpfrag This command enables the ICMP Fragment Denial of Se rvice p rotection. If the mode is enabled, Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If packets in gress has fragme nted ICMP pa ckets, the packets will be dropped if the mode is enable d. Syntax dos-control icmpfrag no dos-control icmpf[...]
-
Page 308
- 308 - ingress having TCP FIN, URG, and PSH all set and TCP Sequence Number set to 0, the packets will be dropped if the mode is enabled. Syntax dos-control tcpfinurgpsh no dos-control tcpfinurg psh no - This command disa bles the TCP FIN and URG and PSH and SEQ=0 checking Denial of Service protections. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global[...]
-
Page 309
- 309 - Syntax dos-control tcpsynfin no dos-control tcpsynfin no - This command disab les the T CP SYN & FIN Denial of Service protection. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 7.13.2.16 dos-control tcpoffset This command enables the TCP Fragment Offset Deni al of Service protection. If the mode is enabled, Denial of Service preve[...]
-
Page 310
- 310 - Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 7.14 VTP (VLAN Trunking Protocol) Commands 7.14.1 Show Commands 7.14.1.1 show vtp counters This command displays the VTP packet s tatistics. Syntax show vtp count ers Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Summary advertisements receiv ed: Number of su mmary adve[...]
-
Page 311
- 31 1 - 7.14.1.2 show vtp password This command displays the VTP domain password. Syntax show vtp password Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message VTP Password: Displays the VTP domain password. 7.14.1.3 show vtp status This command displays the VTP domain status. Syntax show vtp status Default Setting None Command Mode P[...]
-
Page 312
- 312 - Configuration last modified: Displ ays the time stamp of the last configuration modification and the IP address of the switch that caused th e configuration chan ge to the databa se. Local updater ID: Displays the Local u pdater ID for the VTP domain status. 7.14.1.4 show vtp trunkport This command displays the VTP trunkpo rt status. Syntax[...]
-
Page 313
- 313 - 7.14.2.2 vtp domain This command uses to set VTP administ r ative domai n name. Syntax vtp domain <string> no vtp domain <string> - Configures the string for domai n name. (maximum lengt h 32 bytes) no - This command resets the domain name to NULL. The system disables the V TP for its initialization. The maximum length of admini[...]
-
Page 314
- 314 - Global Config 7.14.2.4 vtp version Use the no vtp version to reset the VTP version number to default value.. Syntax vtp version <1-2> no vtp version no - This command resets the VTP version to default value. Default Setting 1 Command Mode Global Config 7.14.2.5 vtp password This command uses to con figure the VTP administrative domain[...]
-
Page 315
- 315 - 7.14.2.6 vtp pruning This command uses to co n figure the ad minstrative domain to permit pruning Syntax vtp pruning no vtp pruning no - This command resets the pruning mode to default value. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 7.14.2.7 vtp trunkport This command uses to con figure the adminstrat ive domain trunk port for al[...]
-
Page 316
- 316 - Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 7.15 Protected Ports Commands 7.15.1 Show Commands 7.15.1.1 show switchport protected This command displays the status of all the interface s, includi ng pro tected and unprotected interface s. Syntax show switchport protected {all|<0-2 >} Default Setting None Command Mode Privile[...]
-
Page 317
- 317 - None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Name: An name of the pro t ected po rt group. Protected: Indicates whether the inte rface is protected or not. It shows TRUE or FALSE. If the group is a multiple groups then it shows TRUE in Group <g roupid>. 7.15.2 Configuration Commands 7.15.2.1 switchport protected This command used[...]
-
Page 318
- 318 - switchport protected <0-2 > no switchport protect ed <0 -2> no - This command uses to configu re a port as u nprotected. Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config 7.16 Static MAC Filtering Commands 7.16.1 Show Commands 7.16.1.1 show mac-address-table static This command displays the Static MA C Filtering information for[...]
-
Page 319
- 319 - 7.16.2 Configuration Commands 7.16.2.1 macfilter This command adds a static MAC filter entry for the MAC address <macadd r > on the VLAN <vlanid>. The value of the <macaddr> parameter is a 6-byte hexade cimal numbe r in the format of b1:b2:b3:b4:b5:b6. The restricted MAC Addre s ses are: 00:00:00:00:00:00, 01:80:C2:0 0:00:[...]
-
Page 320
- 320 - Interface Config 7.16.2.3 macfilter addsrc all This command adds all interfaces to the source filt er set for the M AC filter with the MAC address of <macaddr> and <vlanid>. You must spe cify the <m acaddr> parameter as a 6-by te hexadecimal number in the format of b1:b2:b3:b4:b5:b6. The <vl anid> parameter must iden[...]
-
Page 321
- 321 - 7.17.1.2 clear traplog This command clears the trap log. Syntax clear traplog Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.17.1.3 clear eventlog This command is used to clear the event log, wh ich contains error messages from the system . Syntax clear eventlog Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.17.1.4 clear logging b[...]
-
Page 322
- 322 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.17.1.5 clear config This command resets the configuration to the factor y defaults without powering off the switch. The swit ch is automatically reset when this comm and is proc essed. You are prompted to confirm that the reset should proceed. Syntax clear config Default Setting None Comma[...]
-
Page 323
- 323 - 7.17.1.7 clear counters This command clears the stats for a sp ecified <slot/port> or for all the port s or for the entire swit ch based upon the argument. Syntax clear counters [<sl ot/port> | all] <slot/port> - is the de sired interface num ber. all - All interfaces. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.17[...]
-
Page 324
- 324 - Syntax clear cdp [traffic] traffic - this command is used to clear t he CDP packet counte rs. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.17.1.10 clear vlan This command resets VLAN co nfigurat ion paramete r s to the factory defaults. Syntax clear vlan Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec[...]
-
Page 325
- 325 - 7.17.1.11 clear igmpsnooping This command clears the tables ma naged by the IG MP Snooping function and will attempt to delete these entries from the Multicast Forwarding Database. Syntax clear igmpsnooping Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.17.1.12 clear port-channel This command clears all p ort-channels (LAGs). Syntax cl[...]
-
Page 326
- 326 - None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.17.1.14 clear dot1x statistics This command resets the 802.1x statistics for the specified port or for all port s. Syntax clear dot1x statistics {all | <slot/port>} <slot/port> - is the de sired interface num ber. all - All interfaces. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.17.1.1[...]
-
Page 327
- 327 - 7.17.1.16 clear domain-list This command is used to clear all ent ries domain names for incomplete host names. Syntax clear domain-list Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.17.1.17 clear hosts This command is used to clear all st atic host nam e-to-address mapping. Syntax clear hosts Default Setting None Command Mode Privileg[...]
-
Page 328
- 328 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.17.1.19 clear ip arp-cache This command c auses all ARP entries of typ e dynamic to be removed from the ARP cache. If the gateway keyword is specified, the dynamic entrie s of type gateway are purg ed as well. If interface keyword is specified, he dymanic entrie s of t hat interface on the[...]
-
Page 329
- 329 - 7.17.1.21 clear lldp remote-data This command will use to delete all information from the LLDP remote data table. Syntax clear lldp remote-data Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.17.1.22 enable passwd This command changes Privileged EXEC password. Syntax enable passwd Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config. 7.17.1.[...]
-
Page 330
- 330 - Global Config. 7.17.1.24 clear ipv6 neighbors This command will use to clear all en tries IPv6 neighbor table or an entry on a specific in terface. Use the <slot/port> parameter to sp ecify the interface. Syntax clear ipv6 neighbors [<slot/ port>] <slot/port> - Specify the interface. Default Setting None Command Mode Privi[...]
-
Page 331
- 331 - 7.17.1.26 clear ipv6 dhcp This command will use to clear DHCPv6 statistics for all inte rfaces or for a specif ic interface. Use the <slot/port> parameter to sp ecify the interface. Syntax clear ipv6 dhcp {statistics | interfac e <slot/port> statistics} <slot/port> - Specify the interface. Default Setting None Command Mode[...]
-
Page 332
- 332 - <url> - xmodem, tftp://ipaddr/path/file or ftp://user:pass@ipaddr/path/file. errorlog - event Log file. log - message Log file. traplog - trap Log file. <filename> - Operation code file name. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Download file to switch Syntax copy <url> startup-config <de stfilename> cop[...]
-
Page 333
- 333 - Write running configurati on file into flash Syntax copy running-config startup-config [filena me] <filename> - name of the configuration file. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec This command upload or download the pre-login banner file Syntax copy clibanner <u rl> copy <url> clibanner no clibanner <url&g[...]
-
Page 334
- 334 - <filename> - name of the configuration or image file. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.17.4 dir This command is used to display a list of files in Flash memory. Syntax dir [boot-rom | config | opcode [<filename>] ] <filename> - name of the configuration or image file. boot-rom - bootrom. config - configu[...]
-
Page 335
- 335 - Syntax whichboot Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.17.6 boot-system This command is used to specify the file or image used to start up the system. Syntax boot-system {boot-rom | config | opcode} <filename> <filename> - name of the configuration or image file. boot-rom - bootrom. config - configuration file. opc[...]
-
Page 336
- 336 - Syntax ping <ipaddress|h ostn ame> count <0-2 0000 000> [size <32-512>] ping <ipaddress|h ostn ame> size < 32-512> [count <0-20000000>] < ipaddress|hostname> - a host name or an IP address. <0-20000000> - number of pings (Range: 0 - 20000000). Note that 0 means infinite. <size> - packet [...]
-
Page 337
- 337 - 7.17.7.3 ping ipv6 interface This command use to deter mine wh ether another com puter is on the network. To use the com mand, configure the switch for network (in-band ) connection. The source and targ et devices must hav e the ping utility enabled and running on top of TCP/IP. The switch can be ping ed from any IP workstation with which t[...]
-
Page 338
- 338 - <maxTtl> - Use maxTtle to specify the maximum TTL. Range is 1 to 255. <interval> - Use interval to specify the time between probe s, in seconds. Range is 1 to 60 seco nd s. <count> - Use the optional count param eter to specify the number of probes to send for ea ch TTL value. Range is 1 to 10 probes. Default Setting None [...]
-
Page 339
- 339 - Syntax logging cli-command Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.17.10 calendar set This command is used to set the system clock. Syntax calendar set <hh: mm:ss> <1-3 1 > <1-12> <2 000 -2099> <hh:mm:ss> - hh in 24-ho ur form at (Range: 0 - 23), mm (Range: 0 - 59), ss (Range: 0 - 59 ) <1-31> - [...]
-
Page 340
- 340 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.17.12 configure This command is used to activate global config uration mode. Syntax configure Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.17.13 disconnect This command is used to close a teln et session. Syntax disconnect {<0-58> | all} <0-11> - telnet session ID. all -[...]
-
Page 341
- 341 - 7.17.14 hostname This command is used to set the prompt string. Syntax hostname <prompt_string > <prompt_string> - Prompt string. Default Setting Fortinet Command Mode Global Config 7.17.15 quit This command is used to exit a CLI session. Syntax quit Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.17.16 cablestatus This comm[...]
-
Page 342
- 342 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Cable Status : One of the following statuses is returned: Normal : The cable is worki ng co rrectly. Open : The cable is disconnected or the re is a faulty connector. Short : There is an electrical short in the cabl e. Cable Test Failed : The cable status could not be det erm[...]
-
Page 343
- 343 - The hardware identifies all incoming DHCP packet s on ports where DHCP snooping is en abled. DHCP snooping is enabled on a port if (a) DHCP snooping is enabled globally, and (b) the port is a membe r of a VLAN where DHCP snooping is en abled. On untruste d ports, the hardware traps all incoming DHCP packets to the CPU. On trusted ports, the[...]
-
Page 344
- 344 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message MAC Address: Displays the MAC add re ss for the binding that was added. The MAC address is the key to the binding database. IP Address: Displays the valid IP address for the bin ding rule. VLAN: The VLAN for the binding rule. Interface: The interface to add a binding into the[...]
-
Page 345
- 345 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Interface: The IP address of the interface in slot/port format. MAC Verify Failures: Represents the numbe r of DHCP messages that were filtered on an untru sted interface because of source MAC addre ss a nd cli ent HW address mismatch. Client Ifc Mismatch: Represents the numb[...]
-
Page 346
- 346 - no - This command disab l es the DHCP Snooping o n VLANs. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 7.18.2.3 ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address This command ena bles the verification of the source MAC addres s with the client hardware a ddress in the received DCHP message. Syntax ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address no ip dhcp sno[...]
-
Page 347
- 347 - 7.18.2.5 ip dhcp snooping database write-delay This command configure s the interval in seco nds at which the DHCP Snooping database will b e persisted. The interval value ranges from 15 to 8640 0 seconds. Syntax ip dhcp snooping database write -delay <in seconds> no ip dhcp snooping database write -delay no - This command sets the wr[...]
-
Page 348
- 348 - no - This command removes the DHCP static entry from the DHCP Snooping database. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.18.2.8 ip dhcp snooping limit This command control s the rate at which the DHCP Snooping messages come. T he default rate is 15 pps with a range from 0 to 300 pps. The default burst level is 1 second with a rang[...]
-
Page 349
- 349 - Interface Config 7.18.2.10 ip dhcp snooping trust This command configure s the port a s tru sted. Syntax ip dhcp snooping trust no ip dhcp snooping trust no - This command configure s the port as untrusted. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 7.18.2.11 ip dhcp snooping information option This command ip dhcp sno oping inf[...]
-
Page 350
- 350 - Syntax ip dhcp snooping information option allo w-untrusted no ip dhcp snooping information option a llow-untruste d no - This command disallows DHCP p acket receiv ed form untrusted port with option 82 data. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 7.19 IP Source Guard (IPSG) Commands IP Source Guard (IPSG) is a se curity featur[...]
-
Page 351
- 351 - show ip verify [interface <slot/port>] Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Interface: Interface address in slot/port format. Filter Type: Is one of two values: • ip-mac: User has configured MAC address filtering on this interfac e. • ip: Only IP address filtering on this interface. 7.19.1.2 show ip ve[...]
-
Page 352
- 352 - Syntax show ip source binding [{static/dhcp-snooping}] [interface <slot/port>] [vlan id] Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message MAC Address: The MAC address for the entry that is added. IP Address: The IP address of the entry that is adde d. Typ e: Entry type; statically configured from CLI or dynamically le[...]
-
Page 353
- 353 - Syntax ip verify binding <mac-address> vlan <v lan id> <ip address> interface <slot/port> no ip verify binding <mac-address> vlan <vl an id> <ip address> inte rface <slot/port> no - This command removes the IPSG stat ic entry from the IPSG database. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Con[...]
-
Page 354
- 354 - the single vlan argument and the com m and displays the statistics on that VLAN. If no argument is included, the command li sts a su mmary of the forwarded and dropped ARP pa ckets. Syntax show ip arp inspection statistics [vlan <vlan-list >] Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message VLAN: The VLAN ID for each [...]
-
Page 355
- 355 - Source MAC Validation: Displays whether Source MAC Validati on of ARP frame is enabled or disabled. Destination MAC Validation: Displays wheth er Desti nation MAC Validation is enabled or disabled. IP Address Validation : Displays whether IP Addre ss Validation is enabl ed or disabled. VLAN: The VLAN ID for each displayed row. Configuration[...]
-
Page 356
- 356 - show arp access-list [acl-name] Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.20.2 Configuration Commands 7.20.2.1 ip arp inspection validate This command enables a dditional validation checks like source -mac validation, destination-mac validation, and ip address validation on the received ARP packet s . Syntax ip arp inspection vali[...]
-
Page 357
- 357 - Command Mode Global Config 7.20.2.3 ip arp inspection vlan logging This command enables lo g ging of invalid ARP pac kets on a list of comma-separated VLAN ranges. Syntax ip arp inspection vlan <vlan-list > loggi ng no ip arp inspection vlan <vlan-list > log ging no - This command disab les logging of invalid AR P packets on a l[...]
-
Page 358
- 358 - 7.20.2.5 ip arp inspection trust This command configure s an interfa ce as trusted for Dynamic ARP Inspection. Syntax ip arp inspection trust no ip arp inspection trust no - This command confi gure s an interface as untrusted for Dynamic ARP Insp ection. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 7.20.2.6 ip arp inspection limit[...]
-
Page 359
- 359 - no - This command delet es a configu red ARP ACL. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.20.2.8 permit ip host mac host This command configure s a rule for a valid IP address and MAC address com bination used in ARP packet validation. Syntax permit ip host <sende r-i p> mac host <sender-mac> no permit ip host <send[...]
-
Page 360
- 360 - 7.21 Differentiated Service Command ! This Switching Command f unction can only be used o n the QoS software version . This chapter contains the CLI commands used for th e QOS Differentiated Service s (DiffServ) packag e. The user configures DiffServ in several st age s by specifying: 1. Class − creating and deleting cla sses − defining[...]
-
Page 361
- 361 - − 'all' within 'all' − no nested 'not' conditions − no nested 'acl ' cla ss types − each class contains at mo st one referen ced class • hierarchical service policie s not su pported in a class definition • access list matched by reference only, and must be sole criterion in a class − th[...]
-
Page 362
- 362 - Syntax no diffserv Command Mode Global Config 7.21.2 Class Commands The 'class' command set is used in DiffServ to define: Traffic Classification specifies Behavior Aggregate (BA) ba sed on DSCP, and Multi- Field (MF) classes of traffic (name, match criteria) Service Levels specifies the BA forwarding cla sses / service levels. Co[...]
-
Page 363
- 363 - The CLI mode is changed to Class-Map Conf ig or Ipv6-Class-Map Config whe n this command is successfully executed dep endin g on the [{ipv4 | ipv6}] keyword specified. Command Mode Global Config 7.21.2.2 no class-map This command eliminates an existing Di ffServ class. Syntax no class-map <class-map-name> <class-map-name> is the[...]
-
Page 364
- 364 - ! The class name ‘default’ is rese rved and must not be used here. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.21.2.4 match any This command adds to the spe cified class definition a match conditi on whereby all packets are considered to belong to the class. Syntax match any Default Setting None Command Mode Class-Map Config / Ipv[...]
-
Page 365
- 365 - Restrictions The class types of both < cl assname> and < refclassname> must be identical (t hat is, any vs. any, or all vs. all). A class type of acl is not supported by this command. Cannot specify <refclassn ame> the same as < classname> (that is, self-refe ren cing of class name not allowed). At most one other cla[...]
-
Page 366
- 366 - Syntax match cos <0-7> Default Setting None Command Mode Class-Map Config 7.21.2.8 match destination-address mac This command adds to the spe cified class definition a match conditi on based on the destination MAC address of a packet. The <address> parameter is any layer 2 MAC address form atted as six, two-digit hexadecimal num[...]
-
Page 367
- 367 - <ipaddr> specifies an IP address. < ipmask> specifies an IP address bit mask; note th at although si milar to a standard subnet mask, this bit mask need not be contiguous. Default Setting None Command Mode Class-Map Config 7.21.2.10 match dstl4port This command adds to the spe cified class definition a match conditi on based on [...]
-
Page 368
- 368 - 7.21.2.11 match ethertype This command adds to the spe cified class definit ion a match conditi on based on the value of the ethertype. The <ethertype> value is spe c ified as one of the following keyword s: appletalk, arp, ibmsna, ipv4, ipv6, ipx, mplsmcast, mplsucast, netbios, novell, pppoe, rarp or as a custom ethertype value in th[...]
-
Page 369
- 369 - None Command Mode Class-Map Config / Ipv6-Class-Map Config 7.21.2.13 match ip precedence This command adds to the spe cified class definiti on a match conditi on based on the value of the IP Precedence field in a packet, which is defined as the high-order three bits of the Service Type octet in the IP header (the low-order five bits are not[...]
-
Page 370
- 370 - i The ip dscp, ip precedence, and ip tos m atch conditions are alternative ways to specify a match criterion for the same Service Typ e field in the IP heade r, but with a slightl y different user notation. In essence, this the “free form” versi on of the IP DSCP/Precedence/TOS match specification in that the user has complet e cont rol[...]
-
Page 371
- 371 - i This command is not available on the Broad com 56 30x platform. Syntax match source-addre ss mac <add ress> <macmask> <address> - Specifies any layer 2 MAC address. <macmas k> - Specifies a layer 2 MAC a ddre ss bit mask. Default Setting None Command Mode Class-Map Config 7.21.2.17 match srcip This command adds to [...]
-
Page 372
- 372 - Syntax match srcl4port {<portkey > | <0-655 35>} <portkey> is one of the supporte d po rt name keywords (listed below). The currently supported <portkey > values are: do main, ec ho, ftp, ftpdata, http, smtp, snmp, telnet, tftp, www. Each of these translates into its equivalent port number, whi ch is used as both the[...]
-
Page 373
- 373 - 7.21.2.20 match dstip6 This command adds to the spe cified class definiti on a match conditi on based on the destination IPv6 address of a packet. Syntax match dstip6 <destination-ipv6-p refix/prefix-length> Default Setting None Command Mode IPv6-Class-Map Config 7.21.2.21 match srcip6 This command adds to the specified class definiti[...]
-
Page 374
- 374 - 7.21.3 Policy Commands The 'policy' command set is used in DiffServ to define: Traffic Conditioning Specify traffic conditioning actio ns (p olicing, marking, shaping) to apply to traffic clas ses Service Provisioning Specify bandwidth and queue depth manage ment requirements of service levels (EF, AF, etc.) The policy commands ar[...]
-
Page 375
- 375 - 7.21.3.1 assign-queue This command modifie s the queue id to which the as sociated traffic stream is a ssigned. The queueid i s an integer from 0 to n-1, where n is the num ber of egress queu es supported by the device. Syntax assign-queue <0-7 > <0-7> - Queue ID. Command Mode Policy-Class-Map Config Incompatibilities Drop 7.21.[...]
-
Page 376
- 376 - mirror <slot/port> <slot/port> - Interface Number. Default Setting None Command Mode Policy-Class-Map Config Incompatibilities Drop, Redirect 7.21.3.4 redirect This command specifies that all incoming packets fo r the associated traffic strea m are redirected to a specific egress interface (physical port or port -channel). Synta[...]
-
Page 377
- 377 - Command Mode Policy-Class-Map Config Incompatibilities Drop, Mirror 7.21.3.6 mark cos This command marks all packets for the associated traffi c stream with the specifi ed class of service val ue in the priority field of the 802.1p header. If the pa cket does not alre ady contai n this header, one is inserted. The CoS value is an integer fr[...]
-
Page 378
- 378 - 7.21.3.8 no class This command deletes the instance of a particular class and its defined treatmen t from the spe cified policy. Syntax no class <classname> < classname> is the name of an existing DiffServ class. Note that this co mmand removes the reference to the class definition for the specified policy. Command Mode Policy-C[...]
-
Page 379
- 379 - Syntax mark ip-preceden ce <0-7> Command Mode Policy-Class-Map Config Policy Type In Incompatibilities Drop, Mark (all forms) 7.21.3.11 police-simple This command is used to e stablish the traffic policing st yle for the specifie d class. The simple form of th e police command uses a single data rate and burst size, resulting in two o[...]
-
Page 380
- 380 - <set-co s-transmit> - an priority value is required and is specified as an integer from 0-7. <set-dscp-tr ansmit> - is required and is specifie d as either an integer fro m 0 to 63, or symb olically through one of the following keywords: af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, be, cs0, cs1, cs2, c[...]
-
Page 381
- 381 - Global Config Policy Type In 7.21.4 Service Commands The 'service' command set is use d in DiffServ to define: Traffic Conditioning Assign a DiffServ traffic conditioning policy (as specified by the policy commands) to an interfa ce in the incomi ng direction. Service Provisioning As sign a DiffServ service provisioning policy (as[...]
-
Page 382
- 382 - Command Mode Global Config (for all system interfaces) Interface Config (for a specific interface) Restrictions Only a single policy may be attached to a particular interface in a particula r direction at any one time. 7.21.4.2 no service-policy This command detaches a policy from a n interface in a particula r direction. Syntax no service-[...]
-
Page 383
- 383 - This information can be displayed in eith er summary or detailed formats. The status informatio n is only shown when the DiffServ administ rative mode is e nabl ed; it is suppressed otherwise. There is also a 'show' command for gene ral DiffServ information that is available at any time. 7.21.5.1 show class-map This command displa[...]
-
Page 384
- 384 - 7.21.5.2 show diffserv This command displays the DiffServ Gen eral Stat us Group information, which incl ude s the current administrative mode setting as well as the cu rrent an d maximum number of rows in each of the main DiffServ private MIB tables. Syntax show diffserv Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display M[...]
-
Page 385
- 385 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message DiffServ Admin Mode: The current set ting of the DiffServ adm inistrative mode. An attached policy is only in effect on an interface while DiffServ is in an enabled mode. Interface: The slot number and port nu mber of the interface (slot/port). Direction: The traffic direct i[...]
-
Page 386
- 386 - 7.21.5.5 show policy-map This command displays all configuration information for the specified policy. Syntax show policy-map [<policy-map-name>] <policy-map-name> - is the name of an existing DiffServ policy. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Policy Name: The name of this policy. Policy Type: The[...]
-
Page 387
- 387 - Non-Conform Action: The current setti ng for the action taken on a packet considered to not conform to the policing parameters. This is not displayed if policing not in use for the class under this p olicy. Non-Conform DSCP Value: Thi s field displ a ys the DSCP mark value if this action is ma rkdscp. Non-Conform IP Precedence Value: This f[...]
-
Page 388
- 388 - The following information is repeated for each class instance w ithin this policy : Class Name: The name of this class instance. In Offered Packets: A count of the pa ckets offered t o this cla ss instan ce before the defined DiffServ treatment is applied. Only displayed for the 'in' direction. In Discarded Packets: A count of the[...]
-
Page 389
- 389 - 7.22 ACL Command 7.22.1 Show Commands 7.22.1.1 show mac access-lists name This command displays a MAC access list and all of the rules that are defined for the ACL. The <name> parameter is used to identify a specific MAC ACL to display. Syntax show mac acce ss -list s <name> <name> - ACL name which uniquely identifies the [...]
-
Page 390
- 390 - show mac access -lists Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Current number of all ACLs: The number of u ser-configured rule s define d for this ACL. Maximum number of all ACLs: The maximum number of ACL rules. MAC ACL Name: The name of the MAC ACL rule. Rules: The number of rule in this ACL. Direction: Denotes t[...]
-
Page 391
- 391 - Rule: This display s the nu mber id entifier for each rule that is defined for the ACL. Action: This displ ays the action associated with each ru le. The possible values are Permit or Deny. Match ALL: Match all packets or not. Protocol: This displays the protocol to filter for this rule. Source IP Address: This displays the source IP addres[...]
-
Page 392
- 392 - Sequence Number: An optional sequence n umbe r may be specified to indicate the orde r of this access list relative to other acce ss li sts already assigned to this inte rface a nd direction. A lower number indicates higher pr ece dence order. If a sequence number is already in use for this interface and direction, the specified access li s[...]
-
Page 393
- 393 - Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.22.2.3 mac access-group in This command attaches a spe cific MAC Access Control List (ACL) identified by <name> to an interface, or associates it wi th a VLAN ID, in a given direction. Th e <name> parameter must b e the name of an exsiting MAC ACL. An optional sequence number may[...]
-
Page 394
- 394 - A rule may either deny or permit traffic according to the specified classification fields. At a minimum, the source and destination MAC value and mask pai rs m u st be specified, each of which may be sub stituted using the keyword any to indicate a match on any val ue in that field. The bpdu keyword may be specifie d for the destination MAC[...]
-
Page 395
- 395 - permit or deny - The ACL rule is create d with two options. The protocol to filter for an ACL rule is specified by giving the protocol to be us ed like i cmp ,igmp ,ip ,tcp, udp . The command specifies a source ip address and source mask for match condition of the ACL rule specified by the srcip and srcmask parameters. The source layer 4 po[...]
-
Page 396
- 396 - This command specified in 'Interface Co nfig' mode only affects a single interface , where as the 'Global Config' mode setting is applied to all interface s. The VLAN keyword is only valid in the 'Global Config' mode. Syntax ip access-group {<1- 199> | <name>} [vlan <vlan-id>] in [<1-429496[...]
-
Page 397
- 397 - None Command Mode Global Config 7.22.2.9 ip access-list rename Use this command to cha nge the name of an IP Access Control Li st (ACL). The <name> para meter is the names of an existing IP ACL. The <newname> p aramete r is a case-se nsitive alphan umeric string from 1 to 31 characters uniquely identifying the IP access li st. S[...]
-
Page 398
- 398 - User EXEC Display Message Rule Number: The ordered rule nu mber identifier defined within the IPv6 ACL. Action: The action asso ci ated with each rule. The possible values are Permit or Deny. Match All: Indicates whether this access list applies to every packet . Possible val ues are True or False. Protocol: The protocol to filter for this [...]
-
Page 399
- 399 - Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.23.2.2 ipv6 access-list rename This command change s th e name of an IPv6 ACL. The <name> parameter is the name of an e xisting IPv6 ACL. The <newname> parameter is a case -sensi tive alphanumeric strin g from 1 to 31 ch aracters uniquely identifying the IPv6 access list. This co[...]
-
Page 400
- 400 - The assign-queue parameter allows spe cification of a particular hardware queue for handling traffic that matches this rule. The allowed <queue-id> value is 0-(n-1), where n is the number of user configurable queues available for the hardwa re platform. The assign-q ueue parameter is valid only for a permit rule. The mirror parameter [...]
-
Page 401
- 401 - Command Mode Global Config Interface Config 7.24 CoS (Class of Service) Command 7.24.1 Show Commands 7.24.1.1 show queue cos-map This command displays th e current Dot1p (8 02.1p) priority mapping to internal traffic classes for a specific interface. The slot/port parameter is optional and i s onl y valid on platforms that support independe[...]
-
Page 402
- 402 - 7.24.1.2 show queue ip-dscp-mapping This command maps an IP DSCP value to an internal traffic class. The <ipdscp> value is sp ecified as either an integer from 0 to 63, or symbolically through one of the following keywo rds: af1 1, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, be, cs 0, cs1, cs2, cs3 , cs4, cs5, cs[...]
-
Page 403
- 403 - Non-IP Traffic Class: The traffic cla ss used for non-IP traffic. This is only displayed whe n the COS trust mode is set to either 'trust ip -d scp' or 'trust ip-preced ence'. Untrusted Traffic Class : The traffic class use d for al l untrusted traffic. This is only displayed when the COS trust mode is set to 'untru[...]
-
Page 404
- 404 - 7.24.2 Configuration Commands 7.24.2.1 queue cos-map This command maps an 80 2.1p prio rity to an internal traffic class on a "per-p ort" basis. Syntax queue cos-map <0 -7> <0-7> no queue cos-map < 0-7 > - The range of queue prio rity is 0 to 7. < 0-7 > - The range of mapped traffic class is 0 to 7 . no - R[...]
-
Page 405
- 405 - Syntax queue trust {dot1p | ip-dscp | untrusted } all no queue trust all no - This command sets t he class of service trust mode to untru sted for all interfaces. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config. 7.24.2.3 queue cos-queue min-bandwidth This command specifies the minimum transmi ssi on bandwidth guarantee for ea ch interface q[...]
-
Page 406
- 406 - <bw-0> <b w-1> … <bw-6>- Each Valid range is (0 to 100) in increments of 5 and the total su m is less than or equal to 100. no - This command restores the defaul t for each queue's minimum band width value in the device. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config. 7.24.2.4 queue cos-queue strict This command ac[...]
-
Page 407
- 407 - 7.24.2.5 queue cos-queue traffic-shape This command specifies the maximum transmi ssion band width limit for the interface as a whole. Also known as rate shaping, this ha s the effect of smoothing tempo rary traffic bursts over time so that the transmitted traffic rate is bounded. Syntax queue cos-queue traffic-shape <bw> no queue cos[...]
-
Page 408
- 408 - 7.25 Domain Name Server Relay Commands 7.25.1 Show Commands 7.25.1.1 show hosts This command displays the static ho st name-to-address mappin g table. Syntax show hosts Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Domain Name List: Domain Name. IP Address: IPv4 or IPv6 address of the Host. 7.25.1.2 show dns This command[...]
-
Page 409
- 409 - Response: Number of the DNS response packet s been received. 7.25.1.3 show dns cache This command displays all entrie s in the DNS cache table. Syntax show dns cache Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Domain Name List: Domain Name IP Address: IP address of the corresponding domain name, incl uding IPv4 and IPv[...]
-
Page 410
- 410 - None Command Mode Global Config 7.25.2.2 clear hosts This command clears the e ntire static host name-to-address mappi ng table. Syntax clear hosts Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.25.2.3 ip domain-name This command defines the default domain name to be appended to incomplete host name s (i.e., host names passed from a cl[...]
-
Page 411
- 41 1 - 7.25.2.4 ip domain-list This command defines the domain name that can be a ppended to incomplete host names (i.e., host names passed from a client are not form atted with dotted notation). The domain name table can contain maximum 6 entries. Syntax ip domain-list <name> no ip domain-list <name> <name> - Default domain nam[...]
-
Page 412
- 412 - Global Config 7.25.2.6 ip domain-lookup This command enables the IP Domain Naming Syste m (DNS)-based host name- to-address translation. Syntax ip domain-lookup no ip domain-lookup <no> - This command disables the IP Domain Nami ng System (DNS)-bas ed host name-to-address translation. Default Setting None Command Mode Global Config 7.[...]
-
Page 413
- 413 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.25.2.9 clear dns cache This command clears all e ntries in the DNS cache table. Syntax clear dns cache Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 7.25.2.10 clear dns counter This command clears the statistics of all entries in the DNS cache table. Syntax clear dns cou nter Default S[...]
-
Page 414
- 414 - 8. Routing Commands le 8.1 Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) Commands 8.1.1 Show Commands 8.1.1.1 show ip arp This command displ a y s t he Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache. Syntax show ip arp Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Age Time: Is the time it takes for an ARP entry to age out. This value was c[...]
-
Page 415
- 415 - Typ e: Is the type that was configure d into the unit. The possible values are Local , Gateway, Dynamic and Static. Age: This field displays the current age of the AR P entry since last refre sh (in hh:mm:ss format). 8.1.1.2 show ip arp brief This command displ ays the brief Addre ss Reso lution Protocol (ARP) table information. Syntax show[...]
-
Page 416
- 416 - None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message IP address: Is the IP address of a device on a subnet a ttached to an existing rou ting interface. MAC addr ess: Is the MAC address for that device. 8.1.2 Configuration Commands 8.1.2.1 arp This command creates a n ARP entry. The value for <i paddress> is the IP addre ss of a device on[...]
-
Page 417
- 417 - no - This command disab les proxy ARP on a router interface. Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Interface Config 8.1.2.3 ip local-proxy-arp This command enables o r disables Local Proxy ARP on an interface. Syntax ip local-proxy-arp no ip local-proxy-arp no - This command disab les Local Proxy ARP on a router interface. Default Setting Di[...]
-
Page 418
- 418 - 8.1.2.5 arp dynamicrenew This command enables ARP compo nent to automatica lly renew ARP entries of type dynamic when they age out. Syntax arp dynamicrenew no arp dynamicrene w no - This command disab les ARP component from aut omatically renewing ARP entries of type dynamic when they age out. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Co[...]
-
Page 419
- 419 - arp resptime <1-10> no arp resptime <1-10> - The range of defa ult response time is 1 to 10 seconds. no - This command confi gure s the default response timeout time. Default Setting The default response time is 1. Command Mode Global Config 8.1.2.8 arp retries This command configure s the ARP coun t of maximum request for retri[...]
-
Page 420
- 420 - Default Setting The default value is 1200. Command Mode Global Config 8.1.2.10 clear ip arp-cache This command causes all ARP entrie s of type dynamic to be removed form the ARP cache. If the [gateway] parameter is specifi ed, the dynamic entries of type gateway are purged as well. Syntax clear ip arp-cache [gateway | interface <slot/por[...]
-
Page 421
- 421 - Default Time to Live: The computed TTL (Time to Live) of forw ardi ng a packet from the local router to the final destination. Routin g Mode: Show whether the routing mode is enabled or disabled. IP Forwarding Mode: Disable or enable the forwardi n g of IP frames. Maximum Next Hops: The maximum number of hops suppo rted b y this switch. 8.2[...]
-
Page 422
- 422 - 8.2.1.3 show ip interface brief This command displays su mmary inform ation about IP c onfiguration settings for all ports in the router. Syntax show ip interface brief Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Interface: Valid slot, and port number separated by forward slashes. IP Address: The IP address o[...]
-
Page 423
- 423 - None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Route Codes: Displays th e key for the routing protocol co d es that might appear in the routing table output. The command displays the routing table s in the following format: Code IP-Address/Mask [Preference/ Metric] via Next-Hop, Interface Code: The codes for the routing prot ocols that c[...]
-
Page 424
- 424 - Next H o p IP Address: The outgoing router IP address to use when forwarding traffic to the next router (if any) in the path toward the destination. 8.2.1.6 show ip route entry This command displays the router route entry information. Syntax show ip r oute entry <networ kaddress> <networkaddress > - Is a valid network address id[...]
-
Page 425
- 425 - None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Route Codes: Displays th e key for the routing protocol co d es that might appear in the routing table output. The command displays the routing table s in the following format: Code IP-Address/Mask [Preference/ Metric] via Next-Hop, Interface Code: The codes for the routing prot ocols that c[...]
-
Page 426
- 426 - IP-Address/Mask: The IP-Address and mask of the destinati on n etwork correspondi ng to this route. Preference: The administrative distan ce associated with this route. Routes with low value s are preferred over routes with highe r values. Metric: The cost associated with this route. via Next-Hop: The outgoing router IP address to use when [...]
-
Page 427
- 427 - Syntax show ip route static [all] Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Route Codes: Displays th e key for the routing protocol co d es that might appear in the routing table output. The command displays the routing table s in the following format: Code IP-Address/Mask [Preference/ Metric] via Next-Hop, Interface[...]
-
Page 428
- 428 - Connected Routes: The total number of conn ected routes in the routing table. Static Routes: Total number of static routes in the routing table. RIP Routes: Total number of routes inst alled by RIP proto col. OSPF Routes: Total number of routes installed by OSPF protocol. Total Routes: Total number of route s in the routing table. 8.2.1.12 [...]
-
Page 429
- 429 - no routing no - Disable routing for an interface. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 8.2.2.2 ip routing This command enables the IP Router Ad min Mode for the master switch. Syntax ip routing no ip routing no - Disable the IP Router Admin Mode for the master switch. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 8.2[...]
-
Page 430
- 430 - Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config 8.2.2.4 ip route This command configure s a static route. Syntax ip route <networkaddr> <subnetma sk > [ <nexthopi p> [<1-255 >] ] no ip route <networkaddr> <subnetma sk> [ { <n exthopip> | <1-255 > } ] <ipaddr> - A valid IP address . &l[...]
-
Page 431
- 431 - None Command Mode Global Config 8.2.2.6 ip route precedence This command sets the default precedence for static r outes. Lower route prefe rence values are preferred when determining the best route. The "ip route" and "ip default-n ext-hop" commands allow you to optionally set the precedence of an individual stat ic rout[...]
-
Page 432
- 432 - Interface Config 8.2.2.8 encapsulation This command configure s the link laye r encap sulation type for the packet. Syntax encapsulation {ethernet | snap} ethernet - The link layer encapsulation type is ethern et. snap - The link layer encapsulation type is SNAP. Default Setting The default value is ethernet. Command Mode Interface Config R[...]
-
Page 433
- 433 - ! Some of the information below display s onl y if you enable OSPF and co nfigure certai n features. Router ID : A 32-bit integer in dotted decimal format ident ifying the router, about which information is displayed. This is a configured value. OSPF Admin Mode : Shows whether the administrat ive mode of OSPF in the router is enabled or dis[...]
-
Page 434
- 434 - AS_OPAQUE LSA Checksum: Sho w s the sum of the LS Checksums of AS Opaque LSA s contained in the link-state databa se. New LSAs Originated: The number of new link-state adverti sements that have been origin ated. LSAs Received: The number of link-state advertise m ents received determined to be ne w instantiations. LSA Count: The total numbe[...]
-
Page 435
- 435 - Syntax show ip ospf abr Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Eexc User Exec Display Messages Typ e: The type of the route to the destination. It can be either: • intra — Intra-area route • inter — Inter-area route Router ID: Router ID of the destination. Cost: Cost of using thi s ro ute. Area ID: The area ID of the area from[...]
-
Page 436
- 436 - Area Border Router Count: The total numbe r of area border routers reachable within this area. Area LSA Count: Total nu mber of link-state advertisement s in this area's lin k-state database, excluding AS External LSA’s. Area LSA Checksum : A numbe r representing the Area LSA Ch ecksum for the spe cified AreaID excluding the external[...]
-
Page 437
- 437 - 8.3.1.4 show ip ospf asbr This command displays the internal OSP F routing table entries to Autonomous System Boundary Routers (ASBR). This command takes no options. Syntax show ip os pf asbr Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Typ e: The type of the route to the destination. It can be one of the fol[...]
-
Page 438
- 438 - nssa-external - Use nssa-external to display NSSA external LSAs. opaque-area - Use opaqu e-area to display area opaq ue LSAs. opaque-as - Use opaque-as to display AS opaque L SAs. opaque-link - Use opaque-link to di splay link opaque LSAs. router - Use router to display router LSA s . summary - Use summary to show the LSA database summary i[...]
-
Page 439
- 439 - None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Router: Total numbe r of router LSAs in the OSPF link state database. Network: Tot al number of network LSAs in the OSPF link state database. Summary Net: Total number of summary network LSAs in the database. Summary ASBR : Number of summary ASBR LSAs in the database. Type-7 Ext: [...]
-
Page 440
- 440 - Retransmit Interval: A number repre senting the OSPF Retransmit Interval for the sp ecified interface. Hello Interval: A number representing the OSPF Hell o In terval for the specified interface. Dead Interval: A number repre se nting the OSPF De ad Interval for the spe cified interface. LSA Ack Interval: A number re presenti ng the OSPF LS[...]
-
Page 441
- 441 - Interface: Valid slot and port numb er s eparated by a forward slash. OSPF Admin Mode: States whether OSPF is enabled or disa bled on a router interface. OSPF Area ID: The OSPF Area Id for the specified int erface. Router Priority: A number representing the OSPF Pri ority for the specifie d interf ace. Hello Interval: A number representing [...]
-
Page 442
- 442 - Neighbor Events: The nu mber of times this neighbor relati onship has changed state, or an error ha s occurred. External LSA Count: The number of external (LS type 5) link- state advertise ments in the l ink-state database. Sent Packets: The number of OSPF packets transmitted on the interface. Received Packets: The number of valid OSPF pack[...]
-
Page 443
- 443 - show ip ospf neighbor [interfa ce <slot/port>] [<ip-address>] Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages If you do not specify an IP address, a table with the foll owing columns displays for all neigh bors or the neighbor associated with the interface that you specif y: Router ID: The 4-digit do[...]
-
Page 444
- 444 - Options: An integer value that indicates the optional OSPF cap abilities supported by the nei ghbo r. The neighbor's optional OSPF capabilities are also listed in its Hello packets. This enables received Hello Packets to be rejected (i.e., neighbor relation ships will not even start to form) if there is a mismatch in certain crucial OS[...]
-
Page 445
- 445 - 8.3.1.12 show ip ospf statistics This command displays inf o rmatio n about recent Shor test Path First (SPF) calculations. The SPF is the OSPF routing table calculation. The output lists the number of times the SPF has run for each OSPF area. A table follows this information. For each of the 15 most recent SPF runs, the tabl e lists how lo[...]
-
Page 446
- 446 - Display Messages Area ID: A 32-bit identifier for the created stub area. Type of Service: The type of service associated with the stub metri c. only sup po rts Norm al TOS. Metric Val: The metric value is applied based on the TOS. It defaults to the least metric of the type of service among the interfaces to other areas. Th e O SPF cost for[...]
-
Page 447
- 447 - Syntax show ip ospf virtual-link brief Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Area ID: The area id of the requested O SPF area. Neighbor: The neighbor interface of the OSPF virtual interface. Hello Interval: The configured hell o interval for the OSPF virtual interface. Dead Interval: The configured de [...]
-
Page 448
- 448 - Syntax enable no enable Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 8.3.2.3 network area Use network area command to enable O SPFv2 on an interface and set its area ID if the IP address of an interface is covered by this network command. Use no network area command to disa ble the OSPFv2 on a interface if the IP address of [...]
-
Page 449
- 449 - Interface Config 8.3.2.5 1583compatibility 1583 compatibility mode is enabled by default. If all OSPF routers in the routing domain are capabl e of operating according to RFC 2328, OSPF 1583 comp atibility mode should be disabled. 1583compatibility command enables OSPF 1583 compatibility. no 1583compatibility command disables OSPF 1583 comp[...]
-
Page 450
- 450 - area <areaid> nssa no area <areaid> n s sa Default Setting None Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 8.3.2.8 area nssa default-info-originate area nssa default-info-ori ginate command configures the metric value and type for the defaul t route advertised into the NSSA. The optional metric paramete r specifies the metric of the d[...]
-
Page 451
- 451 - 8.3.2.10 area nssa no-summary area nssa no-summary command configures the NSSA so that summary LSAs are not advertised into the NSSA. no area nssa no-summary command di sables nssa from the summary LSAs Syntax area <areaid> nssa n o-summary no area <areaid> ns sa no -summary Default Setting None Command Mode Router OSPF Config M[...]
-
Page 452
- 452 - Syntax area <areaid> nssa translator-s tab-intv <stabilityinterval> no area <areaid> nssa translator -stab-intv <stabilityinterval> Default Setting None Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 8.3.2.13 area range area range command creates a specified area range for a specified NSSA. The <ipaddr> is a valid IP add[...]
-
Page 453
- 453 - Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 8.3.2.15 area stub no-summary area stub no-summary command confi gures the Summary LSA mode for the stub area identified by <areaid> . Use this command to prevent L SA Summaries from being sent. no area stub no-summary command configures the d efault Summary L SA mode for the stub area identified b[...]
-
Page 454
- 454 - be 8 bytes or less if the authentication type is simple . If the type is encrypt, the key may be up to 16 bytes. Unauthenticated interfaces do not need an authentica tion key. If the type is encrypt, a key id in the ra nge of 0 and 255 must be specified.The defa ult value fo r authentication type is none. Neither the default password key no[...]
-
Page 455
- 455 - Syntax area <areaid > virtual-li nk <neighbor> hello-inte rval <1-65535> no area <areaid> virtual-li nk <neighbor> hello-interval Default Setting 10 Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 8.3.2.20 area virtual-link retransmit-interval area virtual-link retransm it-interval command confi gures the retransmit inter[...]
-
Page 456
- 456 - Router OSPF Config Mode 8.3.2.22 auto-cost By default, OSPF computes the link cost of each inte rf ace from the interface band width. Faster l inks have lower metrics,making them more attr active in route selection. The configuration parameters in the auto-cost reference band w idt h an d band w i dth commands give you control over the defa[...]
-
Page 457
- 457 - Interface Config 8.3.2.24 capability opaque Use capability opaque command to en able Opaque Capability on the Router. The information co ntained in Opaque LSAs may be used directly by OSPF or i ndirectly by an application wi shing to distri bute information throughout the OSPF domain. Suppor ts the storing and flooding of Opaque LSAs of dif[...]
-
Page 458
- 458 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 8.3.2.27 clear ip ospf counters Use this command to reset global an d interface statistics Syntax clear ip ospf counters Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 8.3.2.28 clear ip ospf neighbor Use this command to drop the adja cency with all OS PF neigh bors. On each n ei ghbor’s[...]
-
Page 459
- 459 - Syntax clear ip ospf neighbor interface [slot/port ] [neighbor-id] Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec 8.3.2.30 clear ip ospf redistribution Use this command to flush all self-originated external LSAs. Rea ppl y the redistri bution co nfiguration and re-originate prefixes as necessary. Syntax clear ip ospf redistribution Defau[...]
-
Page 460
- 460 - 8.3.2.32 default-metric default-metric command is used to set a default for the metric of distributed ro utes. no default-metric comma nd is u sed to set a default for the metric of distributed routes. Syntax default-metric <1-16777214> no default-metric Default Setting None Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 8.3.2.33 distance ospf [...]
-
Page 461
- 461 - Syntax distribute-list <1-199> out {rip | bgp | static | connecte d} no distribute-list <1-199 > out {rip | bgp | static | connected} Default Setting None Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 8.3.2.35 exit-overflow-interval exit-overflow-interval command configure s the exit overflow interval for OSPF. It describ es the numbe r [...]
-
Page 462
- 462 - Default Setting -1 Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 8.3.2.37 ip ospf authentication ip ospf authentication co mmand sets the OSPF Authentication Type and Key for the spe cified interface. The value of <type> is either none, simple or en crypt. The <key> is comp osed of stand ard displayable, non-control keystrokes from a Sta[...]
-
Page 463
- 463 - 8.3.2.39 ip ospf dead-interval ip ospf dead-interval com mand sets th e OSPF dead interval for the specified interface. The value for <seconds> is a valid positive integer, which rep resents the length of time in sec ond s that a router's Hell o packets have not been seen before its neighbor route rs declare tha t the router is d[...]
-
Page 464
- 464 - point-to-point network. For point-to- point networks, OS PF does not elec t a desig nated router or generate a network link state advertisement (LSA). Both endpoi nt s of the link must be configured to operate in point-to-point mode.. no ip ospf network command to return the OSPF network type to the default. Syntax ip ospf network {bro ad c[...]
-
Page 465
- 465 - ip ospf retransmit-interval <0-3600> no ip ospf retransmit-interval Default Setting 5 Command Mode Interface Config 8.3.2.44 ip ospf transmit-delay ip ospf transmit-delay command sets the OSPF Transit Del ay for the specified interface. The transmit delay is specified in seconds. In addition, it sets the estimated number of seconds it[...]
-
Page 466
- 466 - Interface Config 8.3.2.46 router-id router-id command sets a 4-digit dotte d-decimal number uniquely identifying the router ospf id. The <ipaddress> is a configured value. Syntax router-id <ipaddress> Default Setting None Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 8.3.2.47 redistribute redistribute command co nfigures OSPF protocol to[...]
-
Page 467
- 467 - 8.3.2.48 maximum-paths maximum-paths command sets the number of paths that O SPF can report for a given destination where maxpaths is platform dependent. no maximum-paths command resets the number of paths that OSPF can report for a given destination back to its default value. Syntax maximum-paths <maxpaths> no maximum-paths Default S[...]
-
Page 468
- 468 - Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Router OSPF Config Mode 8.3.2.51 timers spf Use this command to confi gure the SPF delay time an d hold time. The valid rang e for both parameters i s 0-65535 seconds.. Syntax timers spf <delay-time> <hold-time > Default Setting delay-time—5 hold-time—10 Command Mode Router OSPF Config M[...]
-
Page 469
- 469 - User Exec Display Message Maximum Hop Count: Is the maximum allowable rel ay agent hops. Minimum Wait Time (Seconds) Is the minimum wait time. Admin Mode Represents whether relay ing of requ ests is enabled or disabled. Server IP Address Is the IP Address for the BootP/DHCP Relay serv er. Circuit Id Option Mode Is the DHCP circuit Id option[...]
-
Page 470
- 470 - Command Mode Global Config 8.4.2.3 bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount This command configure s the maximum allowabl e relay agent hop s for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system. Syntax bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount <1-16 > no bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount <count> - The range of maximum hop cou nt is 1 to 16. no - Set the maximum hop count to 4. Def[...]
-
Page 471
- 471 - 8.4.2.5 bootpdhcprelay serverip This command configure s the se rver IP A ddress for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system. Syntax bootpdhcprelay serverip <ipadd r> no bootpdhcprelay serverip <ipaddr> - The IP address of the BootP/DHCP serv er. no - Clear the IP address of the BootP/DHCP server. Default Setting None Command Mode Global[...]
-
Page 472
- 472 - - a route will be included in updates sent to the router from which it was learned, but the metric will be set to infinity. The default is simple Auto Summary Mode: Select enable or disable from the pu lldown menu. If you select enable group s of adjacent routes will be summari zed into single entries, in orde r to reduce the total number o[...]
-
Page 473
- 473 - Authentication Key : 16 alpha-num eric characters for authentication key when uses simple or encrypt authentication. Authentication Key ID: It is a Key ID when uses MD5 enc ryption for RIP authentication. Default Metric: A numbe r which represents the metric used for default routes in RIP updates originated on the specified interfac e. This[...]
-
Page 474
- 474 - Syntax enable no enable no - This command sets the admini strative mode of RIP in the router to inactive. Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Router RIP Config 8.5.2.2 ip rip This command enables RIP on a router interface. Syntax ip rip no ip rip no - This command disab les RIP on a router inte rface. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode [...]
-
Page 475
- 475 - Disabled Command Mode Router RIP Config 8.5.2.4 default-information originate This command is used to set the advertisement of default routes. Syntax default-information originat e no default-information originate no - This command is used to cancel the adverti sement of default routes. Default Setting Not configured Command Mode Router RIP[...]
-
Page 476
- 476 - 8.5.2.6 distance rip This command sets the rou te preference value of RI P in the router. Lower route preference val ues a re preferred when determining the best rou t e. Syntax distance rip <1-255> no distance rip <1 - 255> - the value for distance. no - This command sets the default ro ute preference value of RIP in the router[...]
-
Page 477
- 477 - split-horizon {none | simpl e | poison} no split-horizon none - This command sets without using RIP split horizon mode. simple - This command sets to use simple split horizon mode. poison - This command sets to use poison reve rse mode. no - This command cancel to set the RIP split hori z on mo de an d sets none mode. Default Setting Simple[...]
-
Page 478
- 478 - Syntax Format for OSPF as source protocol: redistribute ospf [metric <1 -15 >] [match [internal ] [external 1] [external 2] [nssa-external 1] [nssa-external 2]] Format for other source protocols: redistribute {static | connected} [metric <1-15 >] no redistribute {ospf | stati c | connected} [metric] [mat ch [internal] [external [...]
-
Page 479
- 479 - Command Mode Interface Config 8.5.2.12 ip rip receive version This command configure s the interfa ce to allow RIP control packet s of the specified version(s) to be received. The value for <mode> is on e of: rip1 to receive only RIP version 1 formatted packets, rip2 for RIP v ersion 2, both to receive packets from either format, or n[...]
-
Page 480
- 480 - rip2 Command Mode Interface Config 8.6 Router Discovery Protocol Commands 8.6.1 Show Commands 8.6.1.1 show ip irdp This commands display s the router discovery informat ion for all interfaces, or a specified interface. Syntax show ip irdp {<slot/port> | all} <slot/port> - Show router discovery informat ion for the specified int [...]
-
Page 481
- 481 - 8.6.2 Configuration Commands 8.6.2.1 ip irdp This command enables Router Discovery on an interface. Syntax ip irdp no ip irdp <no> - Disable Route r Discovery on an interface. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 8.6.2.2 ip irdp broadcast This command configure s the address to be used to advertise the router for the[...]
-
Page 482
- 482 - ip irdp holdtime < maxadvertinterval-90 00 > no ip irdp holdtime < maxadvertinterval-9000 > The range is the maxadvertinterval to 9000 second s. no - This command configure s the def ault value, in seconds, of the holdtime field of the router advertisement sent from this interface. Default Setting The default value is 3* maxadve[...]
-
Page 483
- 483 - no - This command sets the minimum t ime to 450. Default Setting The default value is 450. Command Mode Global Config 8.6.2.6 ip irdp preference This command configure s the prefe ra bility of the addre ss as a defau lt router address, relative to other router addresses on the same subnet. Syntax ip irdp preference < -2147483648-214 7 48[...]
-
Page 484
- 484 - Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message MAC Address used by Routing VLANs: Is the MAC Address associated with the internal bridgerouter interface (IBRI). The same MAC Address is used by all VLAN r outing interfaces. It will be displayed above the per-VLAN information. VLAN ID: Is the identifier of the VLAN. Logical Interface:[...]
-
Page 485
- 485 - Syntax show ip vrrp Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Admin Mode: Displays the administrative mode for V RRP fun ctionality on the switch. Router Checksum Errors: Represents the total number of VRRP packet s re cei ved with an invalid VRRP checksum value. Router Version Errors: Represe nts the total[...]
-
Page 486
- 486 - 8.8.1.3 show ip vrrp interface This command displays all configuration information of a virtual router configured on a spe cific interface. Note that the information will be di splayed only when th e IP address of the sp ecific interface is configured. Syntax show ip vrrp interface <slot/port> [ <vrid>] <slot/port> - Valid[...]
-
Page 487
- 487 - None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message VRID: Represent s the rout er ID of the virtual router. Uptime: Is the time that the virtual router has b een up, in days, hou rs, minutes and second s. Protocol: Repre sent s the protocol conf igured on the i nterface. State Transitioned to Master: Represents the total numbe r of [...]
-
Page 488
- 488 - ip vrrp no ip vrrp Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config This command sets the virt ual route r ID on an interf ace for Virtual Router conf iguration in the router. Syntax ip vrrp <1-255> no ip vrrp <1-255> <1-255> - The range of virtual route r ID i s 1 to 255. <no> - This command removes all VRRP conf[...]
-
Page 489
- 489 - None Command Mode Interface Config 8.8.2.3 ip vrrp mode This command enables the virtual router configured on the specified interface. Enabling the status field starts a virtual router. Syntax ip vrrp <1- 255> mode no ip vrrp <1-255> mode <1-255> - The range of virtual route r ID i s 1 to 255. <no> - Disable the virt[...]
-
Page 490
- 490 - Interface Config 8.8.2.5 ip vrrp preempt This command sets the preemption mo de value for the virtual router configured on a specified interface. Syntax ip vrrp <1-255> preempt no ip vrrp <1-255> preempt <1-255> - The range of virtual route r ID i s 1 to 255. <no> - This command sets the default preemption m ode valu[...]
-
Page 491
- 491 - The default priority value is 100 unless the router is the address owner, in whi ch ca se its priority is automatically set to 255. Command Mode Interface Config 8.8.2.7 ip vrrp timers advertise This command sets the ad vertisement value for a virtual router in seco nd s. Syntax ip vrrp <1-255> timers advertise <1-255> ip vrrp &[...]
-
Page 492
- 492 - <1-255> - The range of virtual route r ID i s 1 to 255. < 1-254 > - The range of d ecrement is 1 to 254. <no> - This command removes the interface from the trac ked li st or to restore the priority decrement to its default. Default Setting Decrement: 10 Command Mode Interface Config 8.8.2.9 ip vrrp track ip route This comm[...]
-
Page 493
- 493 - 9. IP Multicast Commands 9.1 Distance Vector Multicast R outing Protocol (DVMRP) Commands This section provides a detailed explanation of the DVMRP com mands. The commands are divided into the following different groups: Show commands are used to display device settings, stat istics and o ther information. Configuration commands are used to[...]
-
Page 494
- 494 - 9.1.1.2 show ip dvmrp interface This command displays the interface inform ation for DVMRP on the specified interface. Syntax show ip dvmrp interface <slot/port> <slot/port> - Valid slot and port number separated by forwa rd slashes. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User EXEC Display Message Interface Mode: This[...]
-
Page 495
- 495 - User EXEC Display Message IfIndex: This field displays the value of the interfa ce used to reach the neighbor. Nbr IP Addr: This field indi cates the IP Address of the DVMRP neig hbor for which this entry contains information. State: This field displays the state of the neighbori ng router. Th e p ossible value for this field are ACTIVE or [...]
-
Page 496
- 496 - 9.1.1.5 show ip dvmrp prune This command displays the table listing the router’s upstream prune information . Syntax show ip dvmrp prune Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Group IP: This field identifies the multicast Address that is pruned. Source IP: This field displays the IP Addre ss of the sou[...]
-
Page 497
- 497 - Upstream Neighbor: This field indicates the IP Address of the ne ighbo r which is the source f or the packets for a specified multica st address. Interface: This field displays the interfa ce used to receive the packets s ent by the source s. Metric: This field displays the dista nce in hops to the source subnet. This field has a differe nt[...]
-
Page 498
- 498 - Command Mode Interface Config 9.1.2.2 ip dvmrp metric This command configures the metric for an interfa ce. This value is used in the DVMRP messa ges as the cost to reach this network. Syntax ip dvmrp metric <value> no ip dvmrp metric <value> <value> - Thi s field ha s a range of 1 to 3 1. no - This command resets the metr[...]
-
Page 499
- 499 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User EXEC Display Message IGMP Admin Mode: This field displays the administrative st atus of IGMP. This is a configu red value. Interface: Valid slot and port numb er separated by forward slashes. Interface Mode: This field indicates whe ther IGMP is enabled or disabled on the interface. Thi[...]
-
Page 500
- 500 - If detail is specified, the following fields are display ed: Multicast IP Address: This displays the IP Address of the registered multica st group on this interface. Last Reporter: This displays the IP Add ress of the source of the last memb ership report receiv ed for the specified multicast group addre ss on this interface. Up Time: This [...]
-
Page 501
- 501 - Robustness: This field displays the tuning for the exp e cted packet loss on a subnet. If a subnet is expected to be have a lot of loss, the Robustn ess vari able may be increased for that interface. This is a configured value. Startup Query Interval (secs): This valu e indi cates th e interval bet ween Ge ne ral Que ries sent by a Querier [...]
-
Page 502
- 502 - Source Filter Mode: The source filter mode (Includ e/Excl ude ) for the sp ecified group on this interface. This is “-----” for IG MPv1 and IGMPv2 Membership Rep o rts. Source Hosts: This displays the list of unicast source IP Addresses in the gro up record of the IGMPv3 Membership Report with the specified multic ast group IP Addre ss.[...]
-
Page 503
- 503 - 9.2.2 Configuration Commands 9.2.2.1 ip igmp This command sets the ad ministrative m ode of IGM P in the route r to active . Syntax ip igmp no ip igmp no - This command sets the admini strative mode of IGMP in the router to inactive. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config This command sets the ad ministrative mode of IGM P on a[...]
-
Page 504
- 504 - no - This command resets the version of IGMP for this interface. The version is re set to the default value. Default Setting 3 Command Mode Interface Config 9.2.2.3 ip igmp last-member-query-count This command sets the number of Group-Spe cific Qu eries sent bef ore the router assumes tha t there are no local members on the interface. Synta[...]
-
Page 505
- 505 - 10 tenths of a second Command Mode Interface Config 9.2.2.5 ip igmp query-interval This command configure s the que ry interval for the specified inte rfa ce. This is the frequency at which IGMP Host-Query packets are tra nsmitted on this interface. Syntax ip igmp query-interval <1-3 600 > no ip igmp query-interval <1-3600> - Th[...]
-
Page 506
- 506 - Interface Config 9.2.2.7 ip igmp robustness This command configures the robustne ss that allows tuning of the interface. T he robustness is the tuning for the expected packet loss on a subnet. If a subnet is expected to have a lot of loss, the Robustne ss variable may be increased for the interface. Syntax ip igmp robustness <1-255 > [...]
-
Page 507
- 507 - 9.2.2.9 ip igmp startup-query-interval This command sets the interval betwee n General Quer ies sent by a Querier on startup on the interface. The time interval value is in seconds. Syntax ip igmp startup-query-interval <1-3 00 > no ip igmp startup-query-interval <1-300> - The range for <1-30 0 > is 1 to 300 seconds. no - [...]
-
Page 508
- 508 - Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message The following fields are displayed as a table when <slot/port> i s specified. Group Address: The address of the m ultica st group. Interface: Interface throug h whi ch the multicast group is reachable. Up Time: Time elapsed in hours, minu tes, and seco nds since the multicast group ha s bee[...]
-
Page 509
- 509 - MLD Version: Indicates the version of MLD configu red on the interface. Query Interval: Indicates t he co nfigured query interval for the interface. Query Max Response Time: Indicates t he configured maximum query respo nse time (in seconds) advertised in MLD queries on this interfa ce. Robustness: Displays the configured value for the tu n[...]
-
Page 510
- 510 - Queries Received: The numbe r of valid MLD queries received by the router. Queries Sent: The number of valid MLD que rie s sent by the router. Reports Receiv ed: The numbe r of valid MLD reports received by the router. Reports Sent: The numbe r of valid MLD reports sent by the router. Leaves Receiv ed: The nu mber of valid MLD leaves receiv[...]
-
Page 511
- 51 1 - Default Setting 1000 milliseconds Command Mode Interface Config 9.3.2.3 ipv6 mld last-member-query-interval Use this command to set the last memb er que ry interval for the MLD interface, which is the value of the maximum response time parameter in t he group specific queries sent out of this interface. The ran ge for <last-member-query[...]
-
Page 512
- 512 - Interface Config 9.3.2.5 ipv6 mld router Use this command, in the administrative mode of the router, to en able MLD in the router. Syntax ipv6 mld router no ipv6 mld router Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config Interface Config 9.3.2.6 clear ipv6 mld counters The user can go to the CLI Privilege Configuration Mo de to clea r M[...]
-
Page 513
- 513 - Default Setting None Command Mode Privilege Exec 9.3.2.8 ipv6 mld version This command configure s the version of MLD for an interface. Syntax ipv6 mld version {1 | 2} no ipv6 mld version <1- 2> - The mld version n umber. no - This command resets the version of MLD for this interface. T he versi on is reset to the default value. Defau[...]
-
Page 514
- 514 - Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Admin Mode: This field displays the administrative status of multicast. This is a configure d value. Protocol State: This field indicates the current state of t he multica st protocol. Possible value s are Operational or Non-Operational. Table Max Size: This field displays the maximum n[...]
-
Page 515
- 515 - Syntax show ip mcast interface <slot/port> <slot/port > - Interface number. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Interface: Valid slot and port numb er separated by forward slashes. TTL: This field displays the time-to-live value for this i nterface. 9.4.1.4 show ip mcast mroute This comman[...]
-
Page 516
- 516 - Flags: This field displays the flags asso ciated with this entry. If the “ summary ” parameter is spe cified , the following fields are displayed: Source IP: This field displays the IP addre ss of the multicast data source. Group IP: This field displays the IP address of the destination of the multicast packet. Protocol: This field disp[...]
-
Page 517
- 517 - Group IP: This field displays the IP address of the destination of the multicast packet. Protocol This field displays the multicast routing protocol by which th is entry was created. Incoming Interface: This field displays t he interface on which the packet for this grou p arrives. Outgoing Interface List: This field displays the list of ou[...]
-
Page 518
- 518 - 9.4.2 Configuration Commands 9.4.2.1 ip multicast This command sets the ad ministrative mode of the IP multicast forwa rd er in the router to active. For multicast routing to become operational, IGMP mu st be currently enabled. An error me ssage will be displayed on the CLI if multicast routing is enabled wh ile IGMP is disabled. However, t[...]
-
Page 519
- 519 - no - This command deletes an a dministrative scope multicast boundary sp ecified by <gro upipaddr> and <mask> for which this multica st administrativ e boundary is ap plicable. <gro upipa ddr> is a group IP address and <mask> i s a group IP m ask. Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config 9.4.2.3 ip multicas[...]
-
Page 520
- 520 - Syntax show ip pimdm Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Admin Mode: This field indicate s whether PIM-DM is enabled or disabled. This is a configured value. Interface: Valid slot and port numb er separated by forward slashes. Interface Mode: This field indicates whe ther PIM-DM is enabl e d or disabl[...]
-
Page 521
- 521 - 9.5.1.3 show ip pimdm interface stats This command displ ay s the statistical inf orm ation for PIM-DM on the sp ecifie d interface. Syntax show ip pimdm interface stats {<slot/port > | all} <slot/port> - Interface number. all - this command represents all interfaces. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec D[...]
-
Page 522
- 522 - Display Message Neighbor Addr: This field displ ays the IP Addres s of the neigh bor on an interface. Interface: Valid slot and port numb er separated by forward slashes. Up Time: This field indicates the time si nce thi s neig hbor h as become active on this interface. Expiry Time: This field indicates the expiry time of the neighb or on t[...]
-
Page 523
- 523 - Interface Config 9.5.2.3 ip pimdm hello-interval This command configure s the transmission fr equency of hello messages betwee n PIM enabled neighbors. This field has a range of 10 to 3600 seconds. Syntax ip pimdm hello-interval <10 - 3600 > no ip pimdm hello-interval <10 - 3600> - This is time interval in seconds. no - This com[...]
-
Page 524
- 524 - Admin Mode: Thi s field indicates whether PIM-SM is enabled o r disabled. This is a configured value. Data Threshold Rate (K b ps): This field sho ws the data threshold rate for the PIM-SM router. This i s a configured value. Register Threshold Rate (Kbps): This field indicate s the threshold rate for the RP router to switch to the shortest[...]
-
Page 525
- 525 - Syntax show ip pimsm interface <slot/port> <slot/port> - Interface number. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Slot/Port: Valid slot and port number separated by forward slashes. IP Address: This field indicates the IP addres s of the spe cified interface. Subnet Mask: This field indicates[...]
-
Page 526
- 526 - Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Interface: Valid slot and port numb er separated by forward slashes. IP Address: This field displays the IP Addres s of the neigh bor on an interface. Up Time: This field indicates the time si nce thi s neig hbor h as become active on this interface. Expiry Time: This field indicates the expiry time[...]
-
Page 527
- 527 - Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec 9.6.2 Configuration Commands 9.6.2.1 ip pimsm This command sets administrative mode of PIM-SM mu ltica st routing across t he router to enabled. IGMP must be enabled before PIM-SM can be enable d. Syntax ip pimsm no ip pimsm no - This command sets admini strative mode of PIM- SM multicast routing acros[...]
-
Page 528
- 528 - 9.6.2.3 ip pimsm register-threshold This command is used to configure the Threshold rate fo r the RP router to switch t o the shortest path. The rate is specified in Kilobits per second. The po ssi ble values are 0 to 2000. Syntax ip pimsm register-threshold <0 - 2000> no ip pimsm register-threshold <0 - 2000> - This is kilobits[...]
-
Page 529
- 529 - 9.6.2.5 ip pimsm rp-address This command is used to create RP IP address fo r t he PIM-SM router. The parameter <rp-address> is the IP address of the RP. The parameter <g roup-address> is the group address su p ported by the RP. The parameter <group-ma sk> is the group mask for the group address. The optional keyword overr[...]
-
Page 530
- 530 - 9.6.2.7 ip pimsm hello-interval This command configure s the transmission frequen cy of hello messages in seconds betwe en PIM enabled neighbors. This field has a ran ge of 0 to 18000 seconds. Syntax ip pimsm query-interval <0 - 1800 0> no ip pimsm query-interval <0 - 18000> - This is time interval in seconds. no - This command [...]
-
Page 531
- 531 - ip pimsm dr-priority <0-214 7483 647> no ip pimsm dr-priority no - This command is used to reset the priority to default value. Default Setting 1 Command Mode Interface Config 9.6.2.10 ip pimsm bsr-candidate This command is used to configure the router to announce its candi dacy a s a bo otstrap router (BSR). Syntax ip pimsm bsr-candi[...]
-
Page 532
- 532 - ip pimsm rp-candidate interface <slot/port> < group-address> <group -mask> no ip pimsm rp-candidate interface <slot/port> <group -add ress> <g roup -m ask> no - This command is used to disable the route r to advertise itself as a PIM candidate rendezvous point (RP) to the bootstrap route r (BSR). Default [...]
-
Page 533
- 533 - Syntax show ip igmp-proxy Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Interface index : The interface number o f the IGMP Proxy. Admin Mode: States whether the IGMP Proxy is ena bl ed or not. This is a configured value. Operational Mode: States whether the IGMP Proxy is operationally enabled or n ot. This is [...]
-
Page 534
- 534 - Interface: The interface number of the IGMP Proxy. Group Address: The IP address of the multica st gro up. Last Reporter: The IP address of ho st that last se nt a membership report. Up Time (in secs): The time elapsed since la st created. Member State: The status of the entry. Possible valu es are IDLE_MEMBER or DELAY_MEMBER. • IDLE_MEMB[...]
-
Page 535
- 535 - 9.7.1.4 show ip igmp-proxy interface This command displays a d etailed list of the ho st interface status parameters. It displays the following parameters only when you enable IGMP Proxy. Syntax show ip igmp-proxy interface Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Interface Index: Shows the slot/port of th[...]
-
Page 536
- 536 - Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 9.7.2.2 ip igmp-proxy reset-status This command resets the host interfa ce status p ara meters of the IGMP Proxy router. This command is valid only when you enable IGMP Proxy on the interface. Syntax ip igmp-proxy reset-status Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config 9.7.2.3 i[...]
-
Page 537
- 537 - 9.8 MLD Proxy Commands MLD-Proxy is the IPv6 equivalent of IGMP-Proxy. MLD-Proxy commands allow you to configure the network device as well as to view device settings a nd statistics using either seri al interface or telnet session. The operation of MLD-Proxy commands i s t he same as for IGMP-Proxy: MLD is for IPv6 and IGMP is for IPv4.MGM[...]
-
Page 538
- 538 - Syntax show ipv6 mld-proxy groups Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Interface: The interface number of the MLD-Proxy. Group Address: The IP address of the multica st gro up. Last Reporter: The IP address of the ho st that last se nt a membership report for the current group, on the network attached [...]
-
Page 539
- 539 - group, on the network attached to the ML D-Proxy interface (up stre am interfa ce). Up Time (in secs): The time elapsed since la st created. Member State: Possible values are: • Idle_Member - interface has resp onded to the latest gr oup membe rship query for t his group. • Delay_Member - inte rface is going to se nd a group membership [...]
-
Page 540
- 540 - 9.8.2 Configuration Commands 9.8.2.1 ipv6 mld-proxy This command enables ML D-Proxy on the route r. To enable MLD-Proxy on the router, you must enable multicast forwarding. Also, make sure that there ar e no other multicast routing protocols enabled n the router. Syntax ipv6 mld-proxy no ipv6 mld-proxy no - This command disab les the ML D-P[...]
-
Page 541
- 541 - no ipv6 mld-proxy unsolicit-rprt-interval no - This command re sets the unsolicited repo rt interval of the MLD-Proxy router to the default value. Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config[...]
-
Page 542
- 542 - 10. IPv6 Commands 10.1 Tunnel Interface Commands The commands in this section de scribe how to creat e, delete, and manage tunnel interfaces. Several different types of tunnels provide functionality to facilitate the transition of IPv4 networks to IPv6 networks. These tunnels are divided into two classes: co nfigur ed and automat ic. The di[...]
-
Page 543
- 543 - address and prefix display. 10.1.2 Configuration Commands 10.1.2.1 interface tunnel This command uses to ent er the Inte rfa ce Config m o de for a tu nnel interfa ce. T he <tunnel -id > range i s 0 to 7. Syntax interface tunnel <0-7> no interface tunnel <0-7> no - This command removes the tunnel interface a n d associated[...]
-
Page 544
- 544 - 10.1.2.3 tunnel destination This command specifies the destin ation transport address of the tunnel. Syntax tunnel destination {<ipv4-addre ss>} <ipv4-address> - A valid IP Address. Default Setting None Command Mode Interfacel Tunnel Mode 10.1.2.4 tunnel mode ipv6ip This command specifie s th e mode of the tunnel. With the optio[...]
-
Page 545
- 545 - 10.2.1 Show Commands 10.2.1.1 show interface loopback This command displays inf o rmatio n about configured loopback inte rface s. Syntax show interface loopback [<0-7>] Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message If you do not specify a loopback ID, the following information appears for each lo opba ck interface[...]
-
Page 546
- 546 - interface loopback <0-7> no interface loopback <0-7> no - This command removes the loopback interface and associat ed configurat i on parameters for the specified loopback interface. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 10.3 IPv6 Routing Commands This section describes the IPv6 comma nds you us e to configure IPv6[...]
-
Page 547
- 547 - ICMPv6 Rate Limit Burst Size Sho ws the number of ICMPv6 er ror message s that can be sent during one burst-interval. F or more inform ation, see “i pv6 icmp error-interval” Maximum Routes Shows the maximum IPv6 route table size. 10.3.1.2 show ipv6 interface port This command displays the usabilit y status of IPv6 interfaces. Synt[...]
-
Page 548
- 548 - Router Advertisement Reachable Tim e: Shows the amount of time, in milliseconds, to consi der a neighbor reachable after n e ighbor discovery confirmati on. Router Advertisement Interval: Shows the frequen cy, in seconds, that router advertisement s are sent. Router Advertisement Managed Con fig Flag: Sho ws whether the managed config urati[...]
-
Page 549
- 549 - Neighbor State: State of neighbor cache entry. Possible values a re Inco mplete , Reachable, Stale, Delay, Probe, and Unknown. Age(Seconds): Shows the system uptime when the inform ation for the neighbo r was last updated. 10.3.1.4 show ipv6 interface neighbors static This command display static neighbo r cache table on the system each inte[...]
-
Page 550
- 550 - MAC Address: The MAC Addre s s used . isRtr: Specifies the router flag. Neighbor State: The state of the neighbor cache ent ry. Possible values are: Reachable, Delay. Age Updated: The time in secon ds that has elapsed since an en t ry was a dded to the cache. 10.3.1.6 show ipv6 route This command displays the IPv6 routing table The <ip v[...]
-
Page 551
- 551 - Next-Hop: The outgoing router IPv6 addre ss to use whe n forwarding traffic to the next router (if any) in the path toward the destination Route-Timestamp: The last updated time for dynamic route s. The format of Ro ute-Timestamp will be • Days:Hours:Minutes if da ys > = 1 • Hours:Minutes:Seconds if days < 1 Interface: The outgoin[...]
-
Page 552
- 552 - Syntax show ipv6 route summary [all] Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec Display Message Connected Routes: Total number of conne cted rout es in the routing table. Static Routes: Shows whether the IPv6 unicast routing mode i s enabled. OSPF Routes: Total number of routes installed by OSPFv3 protocol. Reject Routes : Total numb[...]
-
Page 553
- 553 - 10.3.1.10 show ipv6 t raffic This command displays tra ffic and statistics for IPv6 and ICMPv6. Specify a logical, loopba ck, or tunnel interface to view information about traffic on a specific interface. If you do not specify an interface, the command displays information about traf fic on all interfaces. Syntax show ipv6 traffic [{<slo[...]
-
Page 554
- 554 - Datagrams Successfully Rea ssemble d: Number of IPv6 datagrams succe ssfully reassembled. Note that this counter increments at the interf ace to which these dat agram s were addressed, which might not be necessarily the input in terface for some of the fragments. Datagrams Failed To Reassemble: Nu mber of failures dete cted by the IPv6 reas[...]
-
Page 555
- 555 - ICMPv6 Router Solicit Messag es Received: Number of ICMP Router Solicit messages received by the interface. ICMPv6 Router Advertise ment Messages Receiv e d: Number of ICMP Router Advertisement messages received by the interface. ICMPv6 Neighbor Solicit Messages Receiv ed: Number of ICM P Neighbor Solicit messages received by the interface.[...]
-
Page 556
- 556 - ICMPv6 Duplicate Address Detec ts: Numbe r of dupl icate addresses detected by interface. 10.3.2 Configuration Commands 10.3.2.1 ipv6 forwarding This command enables IPv6 forwa rding on the switch. Syntax Ipv6 forwarding no ipv6 forwarding no - This command disab l es IPv6 forwardin g on the switch. Default Setting Enabled Command Mode Glob[...]
-
Page 557
- 557 - 10.3.2.3 ipv6 unicast-routing Use this command to enable the forward ing of IPv6 unica st packets. Syntax ipv6 unicast-routing no ipv6 unicast-routing no – Use this command to disable the fo rwarding of IPv6 unica st packets. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 10.3.2.4 ipv6 enable Use this command to enable IPv6 routing o[...]
-
Page 558
- 558 - this command since one is automatically created. Th e <p refix> field con sists of the bits of the a ddre ss to be configured. The <prefix_length> desi gnates how many of the high-order contig u ous bits of the address make up the prefix. You can express IPv6 addresses in ei ght blocks. Also of note is that instead of a period, [...]
-
Page 559
- 559 - <gateway-address > - G ateway address in IPv6 global or link-local addre ss format. no – Use this command remove IPv6 gateway s on the network port interface. Command Mode Interface vlan 10.3.2.7 ipv6 route Use this command to configure an IPv6 static route. The <ipv6-prefix> is the IPv6 network that is the destination of the [...]
-
Page 560
- 560 - Changing the default distance d oe s not update the distan ce of existing static routes, even if they were assigned the original default dist ance. The ne w defau lt distance will only be applied to static routes created after invoking the ipv6 route distance com mand. Syntax ipv6 route distance <1-255> no ipv6 route distance no – T[...]
-
Page 561
- 561 - no ipv6 nd dad attempts no – This command resets to number of duplicate a ddress detection value to d efault value . Default Setting 1 Command Mode Interface Config 10.3.2.11 ipv6 nd managed-config-flag This command set s the “managed addre ss configuration” flag in rou ter advertisements. When the value is true, end nodes use DHCPv6.[...]
-
Page 562
- 562 - Default Setting 0 Command Mode Interface Config 10.3.2.13 ipv6 nd other-config-flag This command sets the “other stateful configuration ” flag in router adver tisements sent from the interface. Syntax ipv6 nd other-config-flag no ipv6 nd other-config-flag no – This command resets the “other st ateful config ur ation” flag back to [...]
-
Page 563
- 563 - 10.3.2.15 ipv6 nd ra-lifetime This command sets the value, in seco nds, that is placed in the Router Lifetime field of the rout er advertisements sent from the interfa ce. The <lifetime> value mu st be ze ro, or it must be an integer between the value of the router adver tisement transmission interval and 9000. A value of zero means t[...]
-
Page 564
- 564 - ipv6 nd suppress-ra no ipv6 nd suppress-ra no – This command enables router tra nsmissi on on an interface. Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Interface Config 10.3.2.18 ipv6 nd prefix This command set s the IPv6 prefixe s to include in the router adve rtiseme nt. The first optio nal parameter is the valid lifetime of the router, in se[...]
-
Page 565
- 565 - 10.3.2.19 ipv6 unreachables Use this command to enable the generat ion of ICMPv6 Destination Unreachable messages. By default, the generation of ICMPv6 Destination Unrea ch able m e ssag es is enabled. Syntax ipv6 unreachables no ipv6 unreachables no – This command prevent the generat ion of ICMP v6 Destination Unrea chable messag es. Def[...]
-
Page 566
- 566 - 10.3.2.21 ipv6 neighbors static The user can add/delete a static nei ghb or into neighbor cache tabl e. Syntax ipv6 neighbors static <ipv 6-address> <m ac-address> no ipv6 neighbors static <ipv6-ad dress> <ipv6-address> - Enter the IPv6 Address. <mac-address> - Enter th e MAC Addre ss. no – This command sets [...]
-
Page 567
- 567 - Router ID: Is a 32 bit integer in dotted decimal format identifying the router, about which information is displayed. This is a configured value. OSPF Admin Mode: Shows whether the administ r ative mode of O SPF in the router is enabled or disabled. This is a configured value. ASBR Mode: Reflects whether the ASBR mode is enabled or disabled[...]
-
Page 568
- 568 - 10.4.1.2 show ip ospf abr This command displays the inte rnal OSPFv3 ro utes to reach Ar ea Border Routers ( ABR).This command takes no options. Syntax show ipv6 ospf abr Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Typ e: The type of the route to the destination. It can be either : • intra — Intra-area r[...]
-
Page 569
- 569 - External Routing: Is a number rep re se nting the external routing capabilities for this area. Spf Runs: Is the number of times that th e intra-area r oute table has been calcul ated using this area's link-state database. Area Border Router Count: The total n umbe r of area border routers rea chable within this area. Area LSA Count: To[...]
-
Page 570
- 570 - Typ e: The type of the route to the destination. It can be either : • intra — Intra-area route • inter — Inter-area route Router ID: Router ID of the destination Cost: Cost of using thi s ro ute Area ID: The area ID of the area from wh ich this route is learned. Next Hop: Next hop toward the destination Next Hop Intf: The outgoing r[...]
-
Page 571
- 571 - Sequence: Is a number that represents whi ch LSA is more recent. Checksum: Is the total number LSA ch ecksum. Options: This is an integer. It indicates that the LSA receives special handling during routing calculations. Rtr Opt: Router Option s are valid for router links only. 10.4.1.6 show ipv6 ospf database database-summary This command d[...]
-
Page 572
- 572 - 10.4.1.7 show ipv6 ospf interface This command displays the information f or the IFO object or virtual interface tables. Syntax show ipv6 ospf interface {<sl ot/port > | loopb ack <0-7> | tunnel <0-7>} <slot/port> - Interface number. <0-7> - Loopback/Tunnel Interface ID. Default Setting None Command Mode Privil[...]
-
Page 573
- 573 - broadcast. The OSPF Interf ace Type will be 'broadcast'. State: The OSPF Interface States are: down, lo opback, waiting, point-to-p oint, desig nated router, and backup design ated route r. Designated Router: The route r ID representing the desi gnate d router. Backup Designated Router: T he route r ID representing the backup desi[...]
-
Page 574
- 574 - 10.4.1.9 show ipv6 ospf interface stats This command displays the statistics for a sp ecific interface. The command only displ ays information if OSPF is enabled Syntax show ipv6 ospf interface stats <slot/port> <slot/port> - Interface number. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages OSPFv3 Ar[...]
-
Page 575
- 575 - No Neighbor at Source Address: The numbe r of OSPF packets dropped because the sender is not an existing neighbor or the sender’s IP address do es not match the previou sly recorded IP address for that neighbor. NOTE: Does not apply to Hellos. Invalid OSPF Packet Type The num ber of OSPF packets discard ed beca use the packet type field i[...]
-
Page 576
- 576 - • Exchange start - the first step in creating an adjacency between the two neighboring routers, the goal is to decide which router is the master and to decide upon the initial DD seq uence number. • Exchange - the router is describing its e nti re link state databa se by sending Dat aba se Description packets to the neighbor. • Loadin[...]
-
Page 577
- 577 - User Exec Display Messages Area ID: The area id of the requested O SPF area. IP Address: An IP Address which represents this a rea range. Subnet Mask: A valid subnet mask for this area rang e. Lsdb Type: The type of link advertisement as sociated with this area range. Advertisement: Th e statu s of the advertisement. Advertis ement has two [...]
-
Page 578
- 578 - <areaid> - Area ID. <neighbor> - Neighbor's router ID. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Messages Area ID: The area id of the requested O SPF area. Neighbor Router ID: The input neig hbo r Router ID. Hello Interval: The configured hell o interval for the OSPF virtual interface. Dead Interva[...]
-
Page 579
- 579 - Retransmit Interval: Is the configure d retransmit interval for the OSPFv3 virtual interface. Transit Delay: Is the configured transit delay for the OSPFv3 virtual interface. 10.4.2 Configuration Commands 10.4.2.1 ipv6 ospf This command enables OS PF on a router interface or loopback interface. Syntax ipv6 ospf no ipv6 ospf <no> - Thi[...]
-
Page 580
- 580 - 10.4.2.3 ipv6 ospf cost This command configure s the co st on an OSPF inte rface. The <cost> parameter has a range of 1 to 65535. Syntax ipv6 ospf cost <1-65535> no ipv6 ospf cost <no> - This command configures the def ault cost on an OSPF interface. Default Setting None Command Mode Interface Config 10.4.2.4 ipv6 ospf dea[...]
-
Page 581
- 581 - 10.4.2.5 ipv6 ospf hello-interval This command sets the OSPF hello interval for the sp ecified interface. The value for <seconds> is a valid positive integer, which represe nts the le ngth of time in secon ds. The value fo r the length of time must b e the same for all routers attached to a ne twork. Valid values for <seconds> r[...]
-
Page 582
- 582 - bandwidth IP network between two r outers, the network type can b e poi nt-to-point since there are only two routers. Using point-to-poi nt as the network ty pe eliminates the overhead of the OSPF design ated router election. It is normally not useful to set a tunnel to OSPF network type broadcast. Syntax ipv6 ospf network {broadcast | poin[...]
-
Page 583
- 583 - Syntax ipv6 ospf retransmit-interv al <second s> no ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval <no> - This command sets the default OSPF retran sm it Interval for the specified interface. Default Setting 5 Command Mode Interface Config 10.4.2.10 ipv6 ospf transmit-delay This command set s the OSPF Tran sit Delay for the spec ified interf ace[...]
-
Page 584
- 584 - Command Mode Global Config 10.4.2.12 area default-cost This command configures t he monetary default cost for the stub area. The ope rator must specify the area id and an integer value between 1-1677 7215. Syntax area <areaid > default-co st <1-1677721 5> <areaid> - Area ID. Default Setting None Command Mode Router OSPFv3 [...]
-
Page 585
- 585 - 10.4.2.14 area nssa default-info-originate This command configures the metr ic value and type for the default rout e advertised into the NSSA. The optional metric parameter specifies the metric of the default route and is to be in a range of 1-16777 214. If no metric is specified, the default value is 10. T he metric type can be comparable [...]
-
Page 586
- 586 - 10.4.2.16 area nssa no-summary This command configures the NSSA so that su mmary LSAs are not advertised into the NSSA Syntax area <areaid> nssa n o-summary no area <areaid> ns sa no -summary <areaid> - Area ID. no - This command disab les nssa from the summary LSAs. Default Setting None Command Mode Router OSPFv3 Config 1[...]
-
Page 587
- 587 - 10.4.2.18 area nssa translator-stab-intv This command configures t he translator stability interval of the NS SA. The <stabilityinterval> is the period of time that an elected translator continues to perform its duties after it determines that its translator status has been deposed by anot her router. Syntax area <areaid> nssa t[...]
-
Page 588
- 588 - Command Mode Router OSPFv3 Config 10.4.2.20 area stub This command creates a stub area for the specified area ID. A stub area is characteri zed by the fact that AS External LSAs are not propagated into the ar ea. Removing AS External LSAs and Summary LSAs can significantly reduce the link state dat abase of routers within the stub area. Syn[...]
-
Page 589
- 589 - 10.4.2.22 area virtual-link This command creates the OSPF virtual interface for the specifie d <areaid> and <neighbo r>. The <neighborid> para meter is the Router ID of the neighbor. Syntax area <areaid> virtual-link <nei ghborid > no area <areaid> virtual -li nk <neighborid> <areaid> - Area I[...]
-
Page 590
- 590 - 10.4.2.24 area virtual-link hello-interval This command configure s the hello inte rval for the O SPF virtual interface on the interface identified by <areaid> and <neighborid> . Syntax area <areaid> virtual-link <nei ghborid > hello-i nterval <1-655 35> no area <areaid> virtual-li nk <neighborid> h[...]
-
Page 591
- 591 - 10.4.2.26 area virtual-link transmit-delay This command configure s the tran smit d elay for t he OSPF virtual interface on the virtual interface identified by <areaid> and <neighborid> . Syntax area <areaid> virtual-link <nei ghborid > transmit-del a y <0-3600 > no area <areaid> virtual-li nk <neighbo[...]
-
Page 592
- 592 - 10.4.2.28 default-information originate This command is used to control the advertisement of default route s . Syntax default-information originat e [always] [m etric <1-16777215>] [metric-type {1 | 2}] no default-information originat e [metric] [metric-type] [always] - Sets the router advertise 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0. metric - The range of [...]
-
Page 593
- 593 - 10.4.2.30 distance ospf This command set s the rou te preferen ce value of OSPF in the route r. Lower route preference values are preferred when determining the best rou t e. The type of OSPF can be intra, inter, type-1, or type -2. The OSPF specification (RFC 2328) require s that preference s must be given to the routes learned via OSPF in[...]
-
Page 594
- 594 - 10.4.2.32 exit-overflow-interval This command configure s the exit overflow interval for OSPF. It describes the number of seconds after entering Overflow state that a router will wait before attempting to leave the Overflow State. This allows the router to again originate non-default AS-external-LSAs. When set to 0, the router will not le a[...]
-
Page 595
- 595 - 10.4.2.34 maximum-paths This command set s the number of paths that OSPF can repo rt for a given de stination where <maxpaths> is platform dependent. Syntax maximum-paths <1-2> no maximum-paths <1-2> - The maximum number of paths that OSPF can r eport for a given destination. The range of the value is 1 to 2. no - This com[...]
-
Page 596
- 596 - passive-interface {<unit/slo t/port> | tunn el <tunnel-id>} no passive-interface {<unit/slot/port > | tunnel <tu nnel-id>} Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Router OSPFv3 Config. 10.4.2.37 redistribute This command configures the OSPFv3 protocol to allow redistrib ution of routes from the specified source protoco[...]
-
Page 597
- 597 - None Command Mode Router OSPFv3 Config 10.5 RIPng Commands RIPng is intended to allow routers to exchange info rmation for computing routes through an IP v6-ba sed network. RIPng is a distan ce vecto r protocol. RIPng should be implement ed only in routers. Any router that uses RIPng is assume d to have interface s to one or more net works,[...]
-
Page 598
- 598 - Distance: Configured value. Update Time: Configured value. Garbage Time: Configured value. Info Time: Configured value. Enable Ripng of interfaces: List all interfaces enabl ed RIPng. Enable passive mode of interfaces: List all interfaces enable d RIPng passive. 10.5.2 Configuration Commands 10.5.2.1 enable This command resets the default a[...]
-
Page 599
- 599 - Interface Config 10.5.2.3 ipv6 router rip Use this command to enter Router RIPng mode. Syntax ipv6 router rip Default Setting Disabled Command Mode Global Config 10.5.2.4 default-information originate This command is used to set the advertisement of default routes. Syntax default-information originat e no default-information originate no - [...]
-
Page 600
- 600 - <1-15> - a value for default -metri c. no - This command is used to reset the default metric of distributed routes to its default valu e. Default Setting Not configured Command Mode IPv6 Router RIP Config 10.5.2.6 distance rip This command sets the rou te preference value of RIPng in the route r. Lower route prefe rence values are pre[...]
-
Page 601
- 601 - no - This command canc el to set the RIPngplit horizon mode and sets n one mode. Default Setting Simple Command Mode IPv6 Router RIP Config 10.5.2.8 redistribute This command configure s RIPng protocol to r edistrib u te route s from the specified source protocol/routers. Source protocol s have OSPF , S tatic, and Connetced. Syntax Format f[...]
-
Page 602
- 602 - garbage - This comman d sets to the RI Png garbage time. info - This command sets to the RIPng info time. no - This command sets t he RIPng tim er to default value. Default Setting update - the default value is 30 (seconds) garbage - the default value is 120 (seconds) info - the default value is 180 (seconds) Command Mode Global Config 10.5[...]
-
Page 603
- 603 - show ipv6 pimdm Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message PIM-DM Admin Mode: Indicates whether PIM-DM is enabl ed or disabled. Interface: Valid unit, slot, and port nu mb er separated by forward sl ash es. Interface Mode: Indicates whether PIM-DM is en abled or disabled on this interface. Operational State:[...]
-
Page 604
- 604 - Syntax show ipv6 pimdm neighbor [<sl ot/port>|all] Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Interface: Valid unit, slot, and port nu mb er separated by forward sl ash es. Neighbor Address: The I P address of the neighbor on an interface. Up Time: The time since this neighbor has b ecome active on thi[...]
-
Page 605
- 605 - 10.6.2.2 ipv6 pimdm hello-interval Use this command to configure the PIM-DM hello in terval for the specified router interface. The hello-interval is specified in seconds and is in the range 30–3 600. Syntax ipv6 pimdm hello-interval <30-3600> no ipv6 pimdm hello-interval no - Use this command to set the PIM-DM hello interv al to th[...]
-
Page 606
- 606 - Interface: Valid unit, slot, and port nu mb er separated by forward sl ash es. Interface Mode: Indicates whether PIM-SM is enabl ed or disabled on the interface. Operational State: The current state of the PIM-SM protocol on the interface. Po ssi ble values are Operational or Non- Op eration al. 10.7.1.2 show ipv6 pimsm bsr This command dis[...]
-
Page 607
- 607 - None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message Slot Port: Valid unit, slot, and port number sepa rated by forward slashes. IP Address: The IP address of the specified interface. Subnet Mask: The Subne t Mask for the IP address of the PIM interface. Hello Interval (secs): The frequency at whi ch PIM hello messa ges are transmitt[...]
-
Page 608
- 608 - Syntax show ipv6 pimsm rphash <group -a ddress> <group-address > - the IP multicast group address. Default Setting None Command Mode Privileged Exec User Exec Display Message RP: The IP address of the RP for the group specified . Origin: Indicates the mechanism (BSR or stat ic) by which the RP was selected. 10.7.1.6 show ipv6 pi[...]
-
Page 609
- 609 - 10.7.2 Configuration Commands 10.7.2.1 ipv6 pimsm This command sets administrative mod e of PIM-SM multicast routing across the router to enabled. MLD must be enabled before PIM-SM can be enable d. Syntax ipv6 pimsm no ipv6 pimsm no - This command sets admini strative mode of PIM- SM multicast routing across the router to disabled. MLD must[...]
-
Page 610
- 610 - 10.7.2.3 ipv6 pimsm register-threshold This command configure s the Register Threshol d rate for the Rendezvous Point router to switch to a source-specific shorte st pa th. The valid va lues are from (0 to 2000 kilobits/sec). Syntax ipv6 pimsm reg ister-threshold <0- 2000> no ipv6 pimsm register-threshold no - This command resets the [...]
-
Page 611
- 61 1 - 10.7.2.5 ipv6 pimsm rp-candidate This command is used to configure the router to adv ertise itself as a PIM candidate rend ezvo us point (RP) to the bootstrap router (BSR). Syntax ipv6 pimsm rp-candidate interface <slot/port> <group -add re ss> <group -m ask> no ipv6 pimsm rp-candidate interface <slot/port> <grou[...]
-
Page 612
- 612 - default - Defines the SSM range acce ss list to 232/8. no - This command is used to disable the Source Specific Multicast (SSM) range. Default Setting Disbaled Command Mode Global Config 10.7.2.8 ipv6 pimsm bsr-border Use this command to prevent bootstrap route r (BSR) messages fro m being sent or received through an interface. Syntax ipv6 [...]
-
Page 613
- 613 - Interface Config 10.7.2.10 ipv6 pimsm join-prune-interval This command is used to configure the interface join/p rune interval for the PIM- SM router. The join/prune interval is specified in seconds. This paramete r can be configured to a value fro m 0 to 18000. Syntax ipv6 pimsm join-prune-interval <10-360 0> no ipv6 pimsm join-prune[...]
-
Page 614
- 614 - 11. Web-Based Management Interface 11.1 Overview The Layer 3 Network Switch provides a built-in browser software i nterface that lets you configure and manage it remotely using a standard Web browser su ch as Microsoft Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator. This software interface also allows for sy ste m monitoring and management of the [...]
-
Page 615
- 615 - 7. IPv4 Multicast Menu: This section p rovides users to conf igure IGMP, DVMRP, Multicast, PIM-DM, PIM-SM. It also provides information for a multicast distribution tree. 8. IPv6 Multicast Menu: This section p rovides users to conf igure MLD, PIM-DM, PIM-SM. It also provides information for a multicast distribution tree. 11.2 System Menu 11[...]
-
Page 616
- 616 - Non-Configurable Da ta System Description - The prod uct name of this switch. Machine Type - The machine type of this switch. Machine Model - The model within the machi ne type . Serial Number - The unique box serial numbe r for this switch. Part Number - The manufacturing part numbe r. Base MAC Address - The burne d-i n universally adminis[...]
-
Page 617
- 617 - Boot Rom Version - The release-version numb er of the boot rom code curre ntly running o n the switch. For example, if the release was 1, and the version wa s 2, the format would be '1.2'. Label Revision Number - The label revision seri al number of this switch is used for manufa cturing purpose. Runtime Version - The release-vers[...]
-
Page 618
- 618 - Interface = y........ .............. SFP+ (The yth 10-Giga information of switch 1 ). 10 Gigabit Ethernet Compliance Codes : Transceiv er’s compliance codes. Vendor Name: The SFP transceiver vendor name shall be the full name of the corporation, a commonly accepted abbreviation of the name of t he corporation, the SCSI comp any cod e for [...]
-
Page 619
- 619 - Configurable Data System Name - Enter the name you wa nt to use to identify this switch. You may use up to 31 alpha-numeric characte rs. The factory default is blank. System Location - Enter the location of this switch. You may use up to 31 alph a-numeric characters. The factory default is blank. System Contact - Enter the contact person fo[...]
-
Page 620
- 620 - System Up time - The time in days, hours a nd min utes since the last switch reboot. Current SNTP Syncronized Time - Displays currently synch ronized SNTP time in UTC. If time is not syncronised, it displays "Not Syncroni zed ." MIBs Supported - The list of MIBs supported by the management agent running on this switch. Command But[...]
-
Page 621
- 621 - Non-Configurable Da ta Burned-in MAC Addre ss - The burned-in MAC address u sed for in-band conne ctivity. Default Routers - The IPv6 default routers. Command Buttons Submit - Update the switch with the values on the sc reen. If you want the swit ch to retain the new values across a power cycle you must perform a save . Delete - Delete a IP[...]
-
Page 622
- 622 - 11.2.3.4 Configuring Network Connectivity Page The network interface is the logical interface used for in-band conn ectivity with the switch via any of the switch's front panel ports. The configurati on parameter s associated with the swit ch's network interface do not affect the configuration of the front panel po rts through whi[...]
-
Page 623
- 623 - Subnet Mask - The IP subnet mask for the interface. The factory d efault value is 0.0.0.0 Default Gateway - The default gateway for the IP interfac e. The factory default value is 0.0.0.0 Management VLAN ID - Specifies the manageme nt VLAN ID of the switch. It may be configured to any value in the range of 1 - 3965. The manageme n t VLAN is[...]
-
Page 624
- 624 - Command Buttons Refresh - Refresh the data on the scree n with the present state of the data in the router. 11.2.3.6 HTTP Configuration Configurable Data HTTP Session Soft Timeout - This field is used to set the inactivity timeout for HTTP session s. The value must be in the range of (0 to 60 ) minutes. A value of zero corresponds to an inf[...]
-
Page 625
- 625 - Selection Criteria Maximum Number of Telnet Sessions - Use the pulldown menu to sele ct how many simultaneou s telnet sessions will be allowed. The maximum is 5, which is also the factory default. Allow New Telnet Sessions - If you set this to no, new telnet sessions will not be allowed. The factory default is yes. Telnet Server Admin Mode [...]
-
Page 626
- 626 - Selection Criteria Admin Mode - Specifies if the Outbound Telnet se rvic e is Enable d or Disabled. Default value is Enabled. Maximum Sessions - Specifies the maximum number of Outbound Telnet Sessions allo wed. Default value is 5. Valid Range is (0 to 5). Configurable Data Session Timeout - Specifies the Outbound Telnet login ina ctivity t[...]
-
Page 627
- 627 - 11.2.3.10 Configuring Serial Port Page Selection Criteria Baud Rate (bps) - Select the default baud rate for the serial po rt connection from the pull-down menu. You may choose from 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400 , 57600, and 1152 00 baud. The factory default is 9600 baud. Configurable Data Serial Port Login Timeout (minutes) - Specif[...]
-
Page 628
- 628 - By default, two user accounts exist: − admin , with 'Read/Write' privileges − guest , with 'Read Only' privileges By default, both of these accounts have blank pass wo rds. The names are not case sensitive. If you logon with a user account with 'Read/Write' pr ivileges (that is, as admin ) you can u se the [...]
-
Page 629
- 629 - Password - Enter the optional new or changed password fo r the account. It will not display as it is typed, only asterisks (*) will show. Passwords are up to eight alpha numeric characters in length, and are case sensitive. Confirm Password - Enter the password again, to co nfirm that you entered it correctly. This field will not display, b[...]
-
Page 630
- 630 - Selection Criteria Authentication List - Select the authentication lo gin list you want to configure. Select 'create' to define a new login list. When you create a new logi n list, 'local' is set as the initial authentication method. Method 1 - Use the dropdown menu to select the met hod that sh ould appear first in the [...]
-
Page 631
- 631 - Non-Configurable Da ta ID - Identifies the ID of this row. User Name - Shows the user name of us er who made the se ssion. Connection From - Shows the IP from which machine the use r is connected. Idle Time - Shows the idle session time. Session Time - Shows the total session time. Session Type – Shows the type of session: telnet, serial [...]
-
Page 632
- 632 - 11.2.3.15 Defining User Login Page Each configured user is assigned to a login list that specifies how the user should be authenticated when attempting to access the switch or a port on the switch. After creating a ne w user account on the User Account screen, you should assign that use r to a l ogin list for the switch using this screen an[...]
-
Page 633
- 633 - Configurable Data Password Minimum Length - All new local user passwords must be at least this many chara cters in length. Password Aging (days) - The maximum time that user passwor ds are valid, in days, from the time the password is set. Once a password expires, t he user will be required to enter a new password following the first login [...]
-
Page 634
- 634 - Selection Criteria TCP Fragment - Enable or disable this option by selecting the corre spo ndin g line on the pulldown entry field. Enabling TCP Fragment DoS prevention c auses the swi t ch to dro p packets that have a TCP header smaller then t he co nfigured Min TCP Hdr Size. The factory default is disabled. ICMP - Enable or disable this o[...]
-
Page 635
- 635 - packets that have TCP Flags FIN, URG, and PSH set and TCP Sequence Number=0. The factory default is disabled. TCP Flag&Sequence - Enable o r disa ble this optio n by selecting the corresponding line o n the pulldown entry field. Enabling TCP Flag DoS preventi on causes the switch to drop packets that have TCP control flags set to 0 and [...]
-
Page 636
- 636 - Configurable Data Aging Interval(secs) - Th e forwa rding database con tains static entries, which are never age d out, and dynamically learned entries, which are removed i f they are not updated within a given time. You specify that time by entering a value for the A ddress Ageing Timeout. You may enter any number of seconds between 10 and[...]
-
Page 637
- 637 - ifIndex - The ifIndex of the MIB interface tabl e entry associated with the sou rce port. Status - The status of this entry. The possible values are: Static : the entry was added when a stat ic MAC filter was defined. Learned : the entry was learned by observing the source MAC addresses of incoming traffic, and is currently in use. Manageme[...]
-
Page 638
- 638 - 11.2.5.2 Viewing Buffered Log Page This help message appli es to the format of all log ged messages which a re displayed for the bu ffered log, persistent log, or console log. Format of the messages <15>Aug 24 05:34:05 STK0 MSTP[2110]: mspt_api.c(318) 237 %% Interface 12 tran sitione d to root state on message age timer expiry -The ab[...]
-
Page 639
- 639 - Selection Criteria Admin Mode - Enable/Disable the operat ion of the CLI Comma nd logging by selecting the corresponding pulldown field and cli c kin g Submit. Command Buttons Submit - Update the switch with the values you ente re d. 11.2.5.4 Configuring Console Log Page This allows logging to any serial device attache d to the host. Select[...]
-
Page 640
- 640 - − Info (6): informational messages − Debug(7): debug-level me ssages Command Buttons Submit - Update the switch with the values you ente re d. 11.2.5.5 Viewing Event Log Page Use this panel to display the event log, which is used to hold error m essages for catastrophi c events. After the event is logged and the updated log is saved in [...]
-
Page 641
- 641 - Clear Log - Remove all log information. 11.2.5.6 Configuring Hosts configuration Page Selection Criteria Host - This is a list of the hosts that have been config ured fo r sysl og. Select a host for changing the configuration or choose to add a ne w hosts from the drop down list. Severity Filter -A log records messages equal to or above a c[...]
-
Page 642
- 642 - 11.2.5.7 Configuring Terminal Log Configuration Page This allows logging to any terminal client conn ected to the switch via telnet or SSH. To receive the log messages, terminals have to enable "terminal monito r" via CLI com mand. Selection Criteria Admin Status -A log that is "Disabled" shall n ot log messages to con n[...]
-
Page 643
- 643 - − Informational(6): informational messages − Debug(7): debug-level me ssages Command Buttons Submit - Update the switch with the values you ente re d. 11.2.5.8 Configuring syslog configuration Page Selection Criteria Admin Status -For Enabling and Di sabling logging to confi gured syslog hosts. Setting this to disable stops logging to a[...]
-
Page 644
- 644 - 11.2.6 Managing Switch Interface 11.2.6.1 Configuring Switch Interface Page Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Selects the interface for which data is to be displayed or co nfigu red. Admin Mode - Use the pulldown menu to select the Port c ontrol ad ministration state. You must select enable if you want the port to participate in the network. T[...]
-
Page 645
- 645 - The actual packet rate for switch will co nvert from the input level and the speed of that interface. (see table 1 and table 2) Table 1. For 10/100Mbps/1Gbps Table 2. For 10Gbps Level Packet Ra te (pps) Level Packe t Ra te (pps) 1 64 1 1042 2 128 2 2048 3 256 3 3124 4 512 4 4167 Multicast Storm Control - Used to enable or disabl e the multi[...]
-
Page 646
- 646 - Selection Criteria MST ID - Select the Multiple Spanning Tree instance ID from the list of all currently configured MST ID's to determine the values displaye d for the Spanni ng Tre e parameters. Changing the selected MST ID will generate a screen refresh. If Spanning Tree is disabled this will be a static value, CST, instead of a sele[...]
-
Page 647
- 647 - Port Role - Each MST Bridge Port that is enabled is assigned a Port Role for e ach spanning tree. The port role will be one of the following values: Root Port, Designated Port, Alternate Port, Backup Port, Master Port, or Disabled Port. Admin Mode - The Port control administ ration state. The port mu st be enabled in order for it to be allo[...]
-
Page 648
- 648 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Selects the interface for which data is to be displayed or co nfigu red. Configurable Data Port Description Enter the Description string to be attached to a po rt. It can be up to 64 characters in length. Non-Configurable Da ta Slot/Port - Identifies the port Physical Address - Displays the physical ad dre ss [...]
-
Page 649
- 649 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - This field indicates the interface to which the cable to b e tested is connected. Non-Configurable Da ta Interface - Displays the int erface tested in the Slot/Port notation. This field is displayed after the "Test Cable" button has been cli c ked a nd results are availab le. This field is not visibl[...]
-
Page 650
- 650 - Selection Criteria Session - Select a port mirroring sessio n from the list. The number of sessions allowed is platf orm specific. By default the First Session is sele cted. Up to 1 sessions are supporte d. Mode - S pecifies the Sessi on Mode for a selected session ID. The default Session Mode is disabled. Destination Port - Acts as a probe[...]
-
Page 651
- 651 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the physical interface for which you want to display or config ure data. Configurable Data Interface Mode - This specifies the ad m inistrative mode via whi c h Doubl e VLAN Tagging can be enabled or disabled. The d efault value for this i s Disabled. Interface EtherType - The two-byte hex EtherType to [...]
-
Page 652
- 652 - Non-Configurable Da ta Slot/Port - The physical interface fo r which data is being displayed. Interface Mode - This specifies the ad ministrative m ode via whi c h Doubl e VLAN Tagging can be enabled or disabled. The d efault value for this i s Disabled. Interface EtherType - The two-byte hex EtherType to be used as the first 16 bits of the[...]
-
Page 653
- 653 - Configurable Data Version - Uniquely identifies the version and impleme nta tion of this MIB. The version string m u st have the following structure: MIB Version;Organiza tion;Software Revi sion where: • MIB Version: '1.3', the version of this MIB. • Organization: Broadcom Corp. • Revision: 1.0. Agent Address - The IP a ddre[...]
-
Page 654
- 654 - sFlow Receiver Timeout - The time (in seconds) rem aining before the sampler i s released and stops sampling. A management entity wanting to maintain c ontrol of the sampler is responsible for setting a new value before the old one expires. Allowe d range is (0 to 429496729 5 se cs) A value of zero sets the selected receiver configuration t[...]
-
Page 655
- 655 - Configurable Data Receiver Index - The sFlowReceiver as so ciated with this counter poller. Allowed range i s (1 to 8 ) Poller Interval - The maximum number of second s between successive samples of the counters associated with this data so urce. A sampling interval of 0 disables counter sampling. Allowed range is (0 to 86400 secs) Non-Conf[...]
-
Page 656
- 656 - Slot/Port - The interface for which data is being di splayed. Receiver Index - The sFlowReceiver for this sFlow sampler. Sampling Rate - The statistical sampling rate for packet sampling from this source. Maximum Header Size - The maximum number of bytes that should be copied from a sampled packet. Command Buttons Submit - Send the updated [...]
-
Page 657
- 657 - Broadcast Packets Recei ved Rate - The total number of packet s received rates that were directed to the broadcast address. Note that this does not include multicast packets. Discarded Packets Recei ved Rate - The number of inboun d packets which were chosen to be discarded rates even thou gh no erro rs had been detect ed to p revent their [...]
-
Page 658
- 658 - Selection Criteria Community - You can use this screen to reconfigu re an existing community, or to create a ne w one. Use this pulldown menu to select one of the existi ng community names, or select 'Create' to add a new one. Access Mode - Specify the access level for this com munity by selecting Read/Write or Read Only from the [...]
-
Page 659
- 659 - 11.2.8.2 Configuring SNMP Trap Receiver Configuration Page This menu will display an entry fo r every active Trap Receiver. Selection Criteria Community - You can use this screen to reconfigu re an existing community, or to create a ne w one. Use this pulldown menu to select one of the existi ng community names, or select 'Create'[...]
-
Page 660
- 660 - 11.2.8.3 Viewing SNMP supported MIBs Page This is a list of all the MIBs supported by the swit ch. Non-configurable Data Name - The RFC number if applica ble and the name of the MIB. Description - The RFC title or MIB description. Command Buttons Refresh - Update the data. 11.2.9 Viewing Statistics 11.2.9.1 Viewing the whole Switch Detailed[...]
-
Page 661
- 661 - Non-Configurable Da ta ifIndex - This object indicat es the ifIndex of the interface table entry associ ated with the Processor of this switch. Octets Received - The total numbe r of octets of data rece ived by the processor (exclu ding fra ming bits but including FCS octets). Unicast Packets Receiv e d - The num b er of subnetwork-unicast [...]
-
Page 662
- 662 - Most Address Entries Ever Use d - The highe st nu mber of Forwarding Database Add ress Table entries that have been learned by this sw itch since the most recent reboot. Address Entries in Use - The number of Learn ed a nd static entries in the Forwarding Database Address Table for this switch. Maximum VLAN Entries - The maximum number of V[...]
-
Page 663
- 663 - Packets Transmitted Without Errors - The total number of p ackets transmitted out of the interface. Broadcast Packe ts Transmitted - The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested to be transmitted to the Broadcast address, incl uding those that were discarded o r not se nt. Transmit Packet Errors - The numbe r of outboun[...]
-
Page 664
- 664 - ifIndex - This object indicates the ifIndex of the inte rface table entry associ ated with this port o n an adapter. Packets RX and TX 64 Octets - The total numbe r of packets (including bad pa ckets) re ceived or transmitted that were 64 octets in length (exclu ding framing bits but including F CS octets). Packets RX and TX 65-12 7 Octets [...]
-
Page 665
- 665 - Packets Receiv ed > 1522 Octets - The total number of packets received that were lo nger than 1522 octets (excluding framing bits, but inclu ding FCS octets) and were otherwi se well formed. Total Packets Received Without Erro rs - The total number of packet s received that were without errors. Unicast Packets Receiv e d - The num b er o[...]
-
Page 666
- 666 - Packets Transmitted 1024-15 18 Octets - The total number of packets (i nclu ding bad packets) received that were between 1024 and 1518 octets in length inclusive (excludi ng framing bits but including FCS octets). Maximum Frame Size - The maximum ethernet frame size the interface su pports or is configured, including ethernet header, CRC, a[...]
-
Page 667
- 667 - Time Since Counters Last Cleared - The elapsed time, in days, hours, minutes, and seconds sin ce the statistics for this port were last cleared. Command Buttons Clear Counters - Clear all the counters, resetting all stat istics for this port to default values. Clear All Counters - Clear all the counters for all ports, rese tting all statist[...]
-
Page 668
- 668 - 11.2.9.4 Viewing Each Port Summary Statistics Page Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Selects the interface for which data is to be displayed or co nfigu red. Non-Configurable Da ta ifIndex - This object indicates the ifIndex of the inte rface table entry associ ated with this port o n an adapter. Total Packets Received without Errors - The tot[...]
-
Page 669
- 669 - 11.2.10 Managing Sy stem Utilities 11.2.10.1 Saving All Configuration Changed Page Command Buttons Save - Click this button to have configuration ch ange s you have made saved across a system reboot. All changes submitted since the previous save o r sy stem reb oot will be retained by the switch. 11.2.10.2 Resetting the Switch Page Command [...]
-
Page 670
- 670 - Command Buttons Reset - Clicking the Reset button will reset all of the system login pass words to their default values. If you want the switch to retain the new val ues across a power cy cle, you must pe rform a save. 11.2.10.4 Resetting the Passwords to Default Values Page Command Buttons Reset - Select this button to have all password s [...]
-
Page 671
- 671 - Selection Criteria File Type - Specify what type of file you want to download: Script - specify configuration script when you want to update the switch's script file. CLI Banner - Specify the banner that you want to display before user login to the switch. Code – Specify code when you want to upgrade the operational flash. Configurat[...]
-
Page 672
- 672 - FTP/TFTP File Name (Target) - Enter the name on the switch of the file you want to save. You may enter up to 30 characters. The factory default is blank. Start File Transfer - To initiate the down load you ne ed to ch eck this box and then select the submit button. Non-Configurable Da ta The last row of the table is used to display info rma[...]
-
Page 673
- 673 - Start File Transfer - To initiate the uploa d you need to check this box and then select the su bm it button. Non-Configurable Da ta The last row of the table is used to display info rmation about the progre ss of the file transfer. The screen will refresh automatically unt il the file transfer completes. Command Buttons Submit - Send the u[...]
-
Page 674
- 674 - Configurable Data Configuration File - Configuration files. Runtime File - Run-time operation code s. Script File - Configuration script files. Command Buttons Remove File - Send the updated scree n to the sw itch and perform the file remove. 11.2.10.9 Copy ing Running Configuration to Flash Page Use this menu to copy a start-up configu rat[...]
-
Page 675
- 675 - 11.2.10.10 Defining Ping Function Page Use this screen to tell the switch to send a Ping req ue st to a specified IP address. You can use this to check whether the swit ch can communicate with a particu lar IP station. Once you click the Sub mit button, the switch will send three pings and the results will be displayed bel ow the configurab[...]
-
Page 676
- 676 - Selection Criteria Ping - Select either global IPv6 Address or Link Local Addre ss to ping. Interface - Select a IPv6 interface. Configurable Data IPv6 Address - Enter the IPv6 address of the station you w ant the switch to ping . The initial value is blank. The IPv6 Address you enter i s no t retained a cross a power cycle. Host name - Ent[...]
-
Page 677
- 677 - Selection Criteria IPv4 Address - Select the way "IPv4 Address" to trace. Host Name - Select the way "host name" to trace. Host Name V6 - Select the way "Host Name V6" to trace. IPv6 Address - Select the way "IPv6 Address" to trace. Configurable Data IP Address - Enter the IP address of the st ation y[...]
-
Page 678
- 678 - 11.2.11 Managing CDP Function 11.2.11.1 Defining CDP Configuration Page Use this menu to configure the parameters for CDP, which is use d to discover a CISCO device on the LAN. Selection Criteria Admin Mode - CDP administration m od e wh ich are Enable and Disable. Slot/Port - Specifies the list of ports. Configurable Data Hold Time - the l[...]
-
Page 679
- 679 - Non-Configurable Da ta Device ID - Identifies the device name in the form of a cha racter string. Intf - The CDP neighbor information receiving port. Time - The length of time a receiving device should hold CDP information befo re discardi ng it. Capability - Describes the device's functional capabili ty in the form of a device type, f[...]
-
Page 680
- 680 - Outgoing Packet Number - Transmitte d CDP packets number fro m this device. Error Packet Number - Received illegal CDP pa ckets numb er from neighbors. Command Buttons Clear Counters - Clear all the counters, resetting all swit ch summary and detailed statistics to default values. The discarded packets cou nt cannot be cleared. Refresh - Re[...]
-
Page 681
- 681 - DVMRP Traps - Enabled or disable activation of DVMRP tr aps by selecting the corresponding line on the pulldown entry field. The factory default is disabled. OSPF Traps - Enabled or disable activa tion of OSPF tr aps by selecting the corresponding line on the pulldown entry field. The factory default is disabled. This field can be configure[...]
-
Page 682
- 682 - Command Buttons Clear Log - Clear all entries in the log. Subsequent displ ays of the log will only show new log entries. 11.2.13 Configuring SNTP 11.2.13.1 Configuring SNTP Global Configuration Page Selection Criteria Client Mode - Specifies the mode of operat ion of SNTP Client. An SNTP client may operate in one of the following modes. ?[...]
-
Page 683
- 683 - Multicast Poll Interval - Specifies the number of seconds bet ween multicast poll requests expressed as a power of two when configure d in m ulticast mode . Multicast s received prior to the expiry of this interval are discarded. Allowed range is (6 to 10). Default value is 6. Unicast Poll Timeout - Specifies the number of seconds to wait f[...]
-
Page 684
- 684 - • Success - The SNTP operation wa s succe ssful and the system time was upda ted. • Request Timed Out - A directed SNTP request timed out without receiving a respon se from the SNTP server. • Bad Date Encoded - The time provided by the SNTP server is not valid. • Version Not Supported - TheSNTP version sup ported by the server is no[...]
-
Page 685
- 685 - Selection Criteria Server - Specifies all the existing Server Addresses along with an a dditional option "Create". When the user selects "Create" another text box "Addres s" appea rs where the user may enter Address for Server to be configured. Address Type - Specifies the add ress type of the configur ed SNTP [...]
-
Page 686
- 686 - Non-Configurable Da ta Address - Specifies all the existing Serv er Addresse s. If no Server configur ation exists, a message saying "No SNTP server exists" flashes on the scre en. Last Update Time - Specifies the local date and time (UTC) that the resp onse from this server wa s used to update the system clo ck. Last Attempt Time[...]
-
Page 687
- 687 - Configurable Data Year - Year (4-digit). (Ran ge: 2000 - 2 099). Month - Month. (Range: 1 - 12). Day - Day of month. (Range: 1 - 31). Hour - Hour in 24-hour format. (Ran ge: 0 - 23). Minute - Minute. (Range: 0 - 59). Second - Second. (Range: 0 - 59). Command Buttons Submit - Send the updated screen to the switch. Chan ges ta ke effect on th[...]
-
Page 688
- 688 - Direction • before-utc - Sets the local time zone before (e ast ) of UTC • after-utc - Sets the local time zone after (west) of UTC Configurable Data Time Zone Name - The name of time zone, usually an acronym. (Range: 1-15 characters). Time Zone Hours - The number of hours before/after UT C. (Range: 0-12 hours). Time Zone Minutes - The [...]
-
Page 689
- 689 - Command Buttons Reset - Send the updated scree n to the switch perform the restart DHCP6 client . 11.2.14.2 Configuring DHCP Client-identifier Page Specify the DCHP client identifier fo r the switch. The DCHP client identifier is us ed to include a client identifier in all communications with the DHCP se rver. The identifier type depend s o[...]
-
Page 690
- 690 - 11.2.15 Defining DNS Relay Function 11.2.15.1 Configuring DNS Relay Configuration Page The DNS protocol controls the Domai n Name System (DNS), a dist ributed database with which you can map host names to IP addresses. When you config ur e DNS on your switch, you can substitute the host name for the IP address wit h all IP comm ands, such a[...]
-
Page 691
- 691 - Selection Criteria Domain - Specifies all the existing domain names along with an a dditional option "Create". When the user selects "Create" anoth er text box "Domai n Name" appears whe re the u ser m ay enter domain name to be configured. Configurable Data Domain Name - Specifies the domain name. Do not inclu[...]
-
Page 692
- 692 - Protocol - Select IPv4 or IPv6 to confi gure the corresponding attributes. Name Server - Specifies all the existing domain n ame servers along with an ad ditional option "Create". When the user selects "Create" another te xt box "IP Address" appears where the user may enter domain name server to be configured. [...]
-
Page 693
- 693 - 11.2.15.5 Configuring Hosts Configuration Page You can use this scree n to change the configuration pa rameters for the static entry in the DNS table. You can also use this screen to disp lay the contents of the table. Selection Criteria Protocol - Select IPv4 or IPv6 to confi gure the corresponding attributes. Domain - Specifies all the ex[...]
-
Page 694
- 694 - 11.3 Switching Menu 11.3.1 Managing DHCP Snooping 11.3.1.1 Configuring DHCP Snooping Configuration Page Configurable Data DHCP Snooping Mode - Enables or disabl es the DHCP Sno oping feature. The factory default is disabled. MAC Address Validation - Enables or disable s the validat ion of sender MAC Address for DHCP Snooping. The factory de[...]
-
Page 695
- 695 - Command Buttons Submit - Applies the new conf iguration and causes th e changes to take effect. These changes will not be retained across a power cycle u nless a save configuration is performed. 11.3.1.3 Configuring DHCP Snooping Interface Confi guration Page Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Selects the interface for which data is to be displ[...]
-
Page 696
- 696 - Configurable Data Slot/Port - Selects the interface to add a bindi ng into the DHCP sn ooping database. MAC Address - Specify the MAC addre ss for the bin ding to be a d ded. This is the Key to the binding database. VLAN ID - Selects the VLAN from the list for the binding rule. The range of the VLAN ID is (1 to 3965 ). IP Address - Specify [...]
-
Page 697
- 697 - • Lease Time - This is the remaining Lease time for the Dynamic entri es • Page - Lists the Number of Pages the dynamic bindin g entrie s occupied. Select the Page Number from this list to disp lay the particular Page entries. Command Buttons Add - Adds DHCP snooping binding entry into the database. Submit - Deletes selected static entr[...]
-
Page 698
- 698 - 11.3.1.6 DHCP Snooping Interface Statistics Page Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the un trusted and snooping enabl ed interf a ce for which statistics to be displayed. Non-Configurable Da ta MAC Verify Failures - Number of pa ckets that we re dropped by DHCP Snooping as the re is no matching DHCP Snooping binding entry found. Client I[...]
-
Page 699
- 699 - Configurable Data IPSG - Enables or disables validation of Sender IP Address on this interface. If IPSG is Enabled Packets will not be forwarded if Sender IP Address is not in DHCP Snoopin g Binding database. The factory default is disabled. IPSG Port Security - Enables or disables the IPSG Port Se curity on the selected interface. If IPSG [...]
-
Page 700
- 700 - Configurable Data Slot/Port - Selects the interface to add a binding into the IPSG database. MAC Address - Specify the MAC address fo r the binding. VLAN ID - Selects the VLAN from the list for the binding rule. IP Address - Specify valid IP Address for the binding rule. Non-configurable Data IPSG Static Binding List - Lists all the IPSG st[...]
-
Page 701
- 701 - • Page - Lists the Number of Pages the IPSG dy namic bindin g entrie s occu pied. Select the Page Number from this list to display the particular Page entri es. Command Buttons Add - Adds DHCP snooping binding entry into the database. Submit - Deletes selected static entri es from the databa se. Refresh - Refresh the data on the scree n w[...]
-
Page 702
- 702 - 11.3.3.2 Configuring DAI VLAN Configuration Page Selection Criteria VLAN List - Select the DAI Capable VLANs for which information has to be displayed or con figured. Configurable Data Dynamic ARP Inspection - Indicates whether the Dynamic ARP Inspe ction is enabled on this VLAN. If this object is set to 'Enable' Dynamic ARP Ins p[...]
-
Page 703
- 703 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the physical interface for which dat a is to be displayed or configured. Configurable Data Trusted State - Indicates whether the interface is trusted for Dynamic ARP Inspection pu rpose. If this object is set to 'Enable', the interface is trust ed. ARP packets coming to this interface will be [...]
-
Page 704
- 704 - Configurable Data ARP ACL Name - This is used to create New ARP ACL for DAI. Remove - This is u sed to select the particul ar ACLs which you want to delete. Non-Configurable Da ta ARP ACL Name - This will list all the configured ARP ACL List. Command Buttons Add - This is used to create New ARP ACL. Delete - This is used to delete the entri[...]
-
Page 705
- 705 - Submit - This is used to delete the entries selected u sing checkbox under Rem ove field. Refresh - Refresh the data on the scree n with the present state of the data in the switch. 11.3.3.6 Configuring DAI Statistics Page Selection Criteria VLAN ID - Select the DAI enabled VLAN ID for which statistics to b e displ ayed. Non-Configurable Da[...]
-
Page 706
- 706 - Command Buttons Refresh - Refresh the data on the scree n with the present state of the data in the switch. 11.3.4 Managing Filters 11.3.4.1 Configuring MAC filter Configuration Page Selection Criteria MAC Filter - This is the li st of MAC address and VLAN ID pairi ngs for all configured filters. To cha nge the port mask(s) for an existing [...]
-
Page 707
- 707 - 11.3.4.2 MAC filter Summary Page Non-Configurable Da ta MAC Address - The MAC address of the filter in the format 00:01:1A:B2:53:4D. VLAN ID - The VLAN ID associated with the filter. Source Port Members - A list of ports to be used for filtering inbo u nd packets. 11.3.5 Managing Port-based VLAN 11.3.5.1 Configuring Port-based VLAN Configur[...]
-
Page 708
- 708 - Participation - Use this field to specify whether a port w ill parti cipate in this VLAN. The factory default is 'Autodetect'. The possible values are: • Include - This port is alway s a membe r of this VLAN. This is equivalent to regi stration fixed in the IEEE 802.1Q standard. • Exclude - This port is never a member of this [...]
-
Page 709
- 709 - VLAN ID - The VLAN Identifier (VID) of the VLAN. The rang e of the VLAN ID is (1 to 3965). VLAN Name - The name of the VLAN. VLAN ID 1 is al ways named `Default`. VLAN Type - The VLAN type: Default ( VLAN ID = 1) -- always present Static -- a VLAN you have configured Dynamic -- a VLAN created by GVRP registration that you have not converted[...]
-
Page 710
- 710 - 11.3.5.4 Viewing VLAN Port Summary Page Non-Configurable Da ta Slot/Port - The interface. Port VLAN ID - The VLAN ID that this port will assign to untagged frames or priority tagged frames received on this port. Acceptable Frame Types - Specifies the types of frames that may be received on this port. The options are 'VLAN only' an[...]
-
Page 711
- 71 1 - 11.3.5.5 Resetting VLAN Configuration Page Command Buttons Reset - If you select this bu tton and confirm your selection on the next screen, all VLAN configuration parameters will be reset to their factory default val ues. Also, all VLANs, except for the default VLAN, will be deleted. The factory default values are: • All ports are assig[...]
-
Page 712
- 712 - Selection Criteria Group ID - The protected ports can be combi ned into a logical group. Traffic can flow betwe en protected ports belongin g to different groups, but not within the same group. The selection b ox lists all the possible protected port Group IDs supporte d for t he current platform. The valid range of the Group ID is (0 to 2)[...]
-
Page 713
- 713 - Group ID - The protected ports can be combi ned into a logical group. Traffic can flow betwe en protected ports belonging to different group s, but not within the sa me gro up. The valid range of the Group ID is (0 to 2) . Group Name - Displays the alphanume r ic string associated with a Group ID. Protected Ports - The di splay list consist[...]
-
Page 714
- 714 - Group ID - You can use this screen to reconfigure or delete an existing protocol-based VLAN , or create a new one. Use this pull do wn menu to select one of the existing PBVLANs, or select 'Create' to add a new one. A Group ID number will be assi gned automatical ly when you create a new group. You can create up to 128 groups. Con[...]
-
Page 715
- 715 - Group ID - The number used to identify the group. It was automatically assigne d when you created the group. Protocol(s) - The protocol(s) that belon gs to the grou p. There are three configurable protocol s: IP, IPX, and ARP. IP - IP is a network layer protocol that provides a connectionless service fo r the delivery of data. ARP - Address[...]
-
Page 716
- 716 - VLAN ID - VLAN ID can be any number in the rang e o f (1 to 3965). Command Buttons Submit - Update the switch with the values on this sc reen. If you want the switch to retain the new values across a power cycle, you must perform a save . Delete - Delete an entry of IP Subnet to VLAN mapping. 11.3.8.2 Viewing IP Subnet-based VLAN Informatio[...]
-
Page 717
- 717 - ingress processi ng on the packet conti nues, otherwise the packet is dropped. This implies that the user is allowed to configure a MAC addre ss m apping to a VLAN that has not been created on the system. Configurable Data MAC Address - Valid MAC Addre ss which is to be bound to a VLAN ID. This field i s configurable only when a MAC-based V[...]
-
Page 718
- 718 - 11.3.10 Managing MAC-based Voice VLAN 11.3.10.1 Voice VLAN Administration Page Configurable Data VLAN ID - Sets the VLAN as a Voice VLAN. Admin Mode - Enables or disables the Voice VLAN f unction. Command Buttons Submit - Applies the new conf iguration and causes th e changes to take effect. These changes will not be retained across a power[...]
-
Page 719
- 719 - 01:80:C2:00:00:20 to 01:80:C2:00:00:21 01:00:5E:00:00:00 to 01:00:5E:FF:FF:FF 33:33:00:00:00:00 to 33:33:FF:FF:FF:FF FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF Configurable Data MAC Address - Specify the MAC Address for the new Voice VLA N . (You can o nly enter data in this field when you are creating a new Voice VLAN.). MAC Address Mask - Use this optional field [...]
-
Page 720
- 720 - 11.3.11 Managing Voice VLAN 11.3.11.1 Voice VLAN Configuration Page Use this menu to configure the parameters fo r Voice VLAN Co nfiguration. Note that only a user with Read/Write access privileges may change the data on this screen. Selection Criteria Voice VLAN Admin Mode - Select the admini strativ e mode for Voice VLAN for the switch fr[...]
-
Page 721
- 721 - 11.3.12 Defining GARP 11.3.12.1 Viewing GARP Information Page This screen shows the GARP Status for the switch and for the individual ports. Note that the timers are only relevant when the status for a port shows as enabled. Non-Configurable Da ta Sw itch GVRP - Indicates whether the GARP VLAN Registra tion Protocol administrative mode for [...]
-
Page 722
- 722 - will need to rejoin in order to maintain registration . An instance of this ti mer exists for each GARP participant for each port. The Leave All Period Timer is set to a ra ndom value in the range of LeaveAllTime to 1.5*LeaveAllTime. Permissible va lues are 200 to 6000 centiseconds (2 to 60 seconds). The factory default is 1000 ce ntisecond[...]
-
Page 723
- 723 - ! It can take up to 10 seconds for GARP configuration changes to take effect. Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the physical interface for which dat a is to be displayed or con figured. It is possible to set the parameters for all ports by selecting 'All'. Port GVRP Mode - Choose the GARP VLAN Registration Proto col administra[...]
-
Page 724
- 724 - 11.3.13 Managing IGMP Snooping 11.3.13.1 Configuring IGMP Snooping Global Configuration Page Use this menu to configure the pa rameters for IGMP Snooping, wh ich is used to build forwa rding list s for multicast traffic. Note that only a user with R ead/Write access privileges may ch ange the d ata on this screen. Selection Criteria Admin M[...]
-
Page 725
- 725 - 11.3.13.2 Defining IGMP Snooping Interface Configuration Page Selection Criteria Slot/Port - The single select box lists all physical ,VLA N and LAG interfaces. Select the interface you want to configure. Admin Mode - Select the interface mod e for the sel ect ed interface for IGMP Sn ooping for th e switch from the pulldown menu. The defau[...]
-
Page 726
- 726 - Selection Criteria VLAN ID - Specifies list of VLAN IDs for which IGMP Snooping is e nable d. Fast Leave Admin Mode - Enable or disabl e the Igmp Snoopi ng Fast Leave Mode for the specified VLAN ID. Configurable Data VLAN ID - Appears when "New Entry" is selected in VLAN ID combo box. Specifies VLAN ID f or which pre-configurable [...]
-
Page 727
- 727 - Non-Configurable Da ta VLAN ID - All Vlan Ids for which the IGMP Snooping mode is Enabled. Admin Mode - Igmp Snooping Mode for Vlan ID. Fast Leave Admin Mode - Fast Leave Mode for Vla n ID. Group Membership Interv al - Group Membership Interval of IGMP Snooping for the specified VLAN ID. Valid range is 2 to 3600. Maximum Response Time - Max[...]
-
Page 728
- 728 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - The single select box lists all physical and LAG interfaces. Select the interface for which you want to display the statistics. Non-Configurable Da ta Multicast Router - Spe cifies for the selected interface whether multicast router is enable or disabl ed. Command Buttons Refresh - Refetch the database and di [...]
-
Page 729
- 729 - Configurable Data VLAN ID - VLAN ID for which the Multicast Router Mode is to be E nabled or Disabled. Command Buttons Submit - Update the switch with the values you ente re d. 11.3.13.8 Viewing Multicast Router VLAN Statistics Page Selection Criteria Slot/Port - The select box lists all Slot/Ports. Select the interface for which you want t[...]
-
Page 730
- 730 - MAC Filter - This is the list of MAC add ress and VLAN ID pairings for all configured L2M cast Groups. To change the port mask(s) for an existing L2M cast Gr oup, select the entry you want to chan ge. To add a new L2Mcast Group, sele ct "Create Filter" from the top of the list. VLAN ID - The VLAN ID used with the MAC add re ss to [...]
-
Page 731
- 731 - 11.3.14 Managing IGMP Snooping Querier 11.3.14.1 Configuring IGMP Snooping Querier Configuration Page Use this menu to configure the parameters fo r IGMP Snoopin g Qu erie r, Note that only a user with Read/Write access privileges may change the data on this screen. Selection Criteria Snooping Querier Admin Mode - Select the admi nistrative[...]
-
Page 732
- 732 - Selection Criteria VLAN ID - Selects the VLAN ID on which IGMP Snooping Querie r i s enabled. Querier Election Participate Mode - Enable or disable the Igmp Snoopin g Querier participate in election mode. When this mode is disa bled, up on seeing other querier of same versio n in the vlan, the snooping querier move to non que rier state. On[...]
-
Page 733
- 733 - VLAN ID Search - Enter VLAN ID, then click on the se arch bu tton. If the record ex ists, that entry will be displayed. An exact match is require d . Non-Configurable Da ta Admin Mode - Display the administrative mode for IG MP Snooping for the switch. VLAN ID Search - Enter VLAN ID, then click on the se arch bu tton. If the record ex ists,[...]
-
Page 734
- 734 - Last Querier Version - Displays the IGMP protocol version of the last querier from which a query was snooped on the VLAN. Operational Max Response Time - Displays maximum response time to be used in the queries that are sent by the Snooping Querier. Command Buttons Refresh - Reload the information on the page. 11.3.15 Managing MLD Snooping [...]
-
Page 735
- 735 - Selection Criteria Admin Mode - Select the administrative mode for M LD Snoo ping for the switch from the pulldown menu. The default is disable. Non-Configurable Da ta Multicast Control Frame Count - The number of multicast control frames that are processed by the CPU. Interfaces Enabled for MLD Snooping - A list of all the interface s curr[...]
-
Page 736
- 736 - Multicast Router Present Expiration Time - Specify the amount of time you want the switch to wait to receive a query on an interface before removing it from the list of interfaces with multica st routers attached. Enter a value between 0 and 3600 second s. The default is 0 second s. A value of zero indicates an infinite timeout, i.e. no exp[...]
-
Page 737
- 737 - 11.3.15.3 Configuring MLD Snooping VLAN Configuration Page Selection Criteria VLAN ID - Specifies list of VLAN IDs for which MLD Snoopi ng is enabled. Fast Leave Admin Mode - Enable or disabl e the MLD Snoopi ng Fast Leave Mode for the specified VLAN ID. Configurable Data VLAN ID - Appears when "New Entry" is selected in VLAN ID c[...]
-
Page 738
- 738 - Non-Configurable Da ta VLAN ID - All Vlan Ids for which the MLD Snooping mode is En abled. Admin Mode - MLD Snooping Mode for Vlan ID. Fast Leave Admin Mode - Fast Leave Mode for Vla n ID. Group Membership Interv a l - Group Membership Interval of ML D Snoopi ng f or the specified VLAN ID. Valid range is 2 to 3600. Maximum Response Time - M[...]
-
Page 739
- 739 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - The single select box lists all physical and LAG interfaces. Select the interface for which you want to display the status. Non-Configurable Da ta Multicast Router - Spe cifies for the selected interface whether multicast router is enable or disabled. Command Buttons Refresh - Re-fetch the database an d displa[...]
-
Page 740
- 740 - 11.3.15.8 Configuring Multicast Router VLAN Status Page Selection Criteria Slot/Port - The select box lists all Slot/Ports.Select t he interfa ce for whi ch you want to display the status. Non-Configurable Da ta VLAN ID - All Vlan Ids for which the Multicast Router Mode is En abled. Multicast Router - Multicast Router Mode for Vlan ID. Comm[...]
-
Page 741
- 741 - 00:00:00:00:00:00 33:33:00:00:00:01 to 33:33:00:00:00:FF FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF Solt/Port(s) - List the ports you want included into L2 Mca st Group. Command Buttons Submit - Update the switch with the values on the scr een. If you want the swit ch to retain the new values across a power cycle you must perform a save . Delete - Remove the curren[...]
-
Page 742
- 742 - 11.3.16 Managing MLD Snooping Querier 11.3.16.1 Configuring MLD Snooping Querier Configuration Page Use this menu to configure the parameters fo r ML D Snoopin g Qu erier, Note that only a user with Read/Write access privileges may change the data on this screen. Selection Criteria Snooping Querier Admin Mode - Select the administrative mod[...]
-
Page 743
- 743 - Selection Criteria VLAN ID - Selects the VLAN ID on which MLD Snooping Que rie r is enable d. Querier Election Participate Mode - Enable or disable the Igmp Snoopin g Querier participate in election mode. When this mode is disa bled, up on seeing other querier of same versio n in the vlan, the snooping querier move to non que rier state. On[...]
-
Page 744
- 744 - Non-Configurable Da ta VLAN ID - Specifies the VLAN ID on which MLD S nooping Qu erier is administratively enabled. Admin Mode - Display the administrativ e mode for M LD Snooping for the switch. Querier Election Participate Mode - Display s the qu erie r election participate mode on the V LAN. When this mode is disabled , up on seeing a qu[...]
-
Page 745
- 745 - Operational Max Response Time - Displays maximum response time to be used in the queries that are sent by the Snooping Querier. 11.3.17 Managing Port-Channel 11.3.17.1 Configuring Port-Channel Configuration Page Selection Criteria Port Channel Name – You can use this scree n to reconfigur e an existing Port Channel, or to create a new one[...]
-
Page 746
- 746 - • Source and destination MAC addre ss - Sets the mode on the source and destination MAC addresses. • Source IP address - Sets the m ode on the source IP address. • Destination IP addres s - Sets the m ode on the destination IP address. • Source and destination IP address - Sets the mode on the sou rce and de stinati on IP addresses.[...]
-
Page 747
- 747 - Port Channel Type - The type of this Port Channel. Admin Mode - The Administrative Mode of the Port Chann el, enable or disable. Link Status - Indicates whether the Link is up or do wn. STP Mode - The Spanning Tree Protocol Administrative Mode associated with the Port Channel. The possible values are: Disable - spanning tree is disa bled fo[...]
-
Page 748
- 748 - Configurable Data MAC Address - Enter the VLAN ID - MAC Address pa ir wh ose MFDB table entry you want displayed. Enter eight two-digit hexadecimal numbers sep arated by colons, for example 00:01:23:43:45:67:89:AB. The first two two-digit hexadecimal numbers a re the VLAN ID and the remaining numbers are the MAC addre ss. Th en click on the[...]
-
Page 749
- 749 - Non-Configurable Da ta MAC Address - A VLAN ID - multicast MAC address pair fo r which the switch has forwarding and/or filtering information. The format is 8 two-digit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colon s, for example 00:01:23:45:67:89:AB:CD. Typ e - This displays the type of the entry. Static ent ries are those that are confi[...]
-
Page 750
- 750 - 11.3.18.4 Viewing MLD Snooping MFDB Table Page Non-Configurable Da ta MAC Address - A VLAN ID - multicast MAC address pair fo r which the switch has forwarding and or filtering information. The format is 8 two-digit hexadecimal numbers that are separated by colon s, for example 00:01:23:45:67:89:AB:CD. Typ e - This displays the type of the [...]
-
Page 751
- 751 - Refresh - Refresh the data on the scree n with the present state of the data in the switch. 11.3.19 Managing Spanning Tree 11.3.19.1 Configuring Switch Spanning Tree Configuration Page Selection Criteria Spanning Tree Mode - Specifies wheth er spanning tree operat ion i s enabled on the switch. V alue is enabled or disabled Spanning Tree Fo[...]
-
Page 752
- 752 - Command Buttons Submit - Applies the new conf iguration and causes th e changes to take effect. These changes will not be retained across a power cycle u nless a save configuration is performed. Refresh - Refreshes the scre en with most recent data. 11.3.19.2 Configuring Spanning Tree CST Configuration Page Selection Criteria BPDU Guard - S[...]
-
Page 753
- 753 - Bridge Hello Time - Specifies the bridge hello time for the Common and Intern al Spannin g tree (CST), with the value being less than or equal to "(Bridge Max Age / 2) - 1". The default hello t ime value is 2. Bridge Forward Delay - Specifies the ti me spent in "List ening and Learning" mode before forwarding packets. Br[...]
-
Page 754
- 754 - Selection Criteria MST ID - Create a new MST which you wish to conf igure or configure already existing MST s. Configurable Data MST ID - This is only visible when the sel ect option of t he MST ID select box is selected. The ID of the MST being created. Valid values for this are between 1 and 40 54. Priority - The bridge priority for the M[...]
-
Page 755
- 755 - Delete - Deletes the sel ected MST instance. All VLANs asso ciated with the instance are associated with the CST Refresh - Refreshes the scre en with most recent data. 11.3.19.4 Configuring each Port CST Configuration Page Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Selects one of the physi cal o r LAG interface s asso ciated with VLANs associ ated with[...]
-
Page 756
- 756 - Admin Edge Port - Specifies if the specified port is an Edge Port wi thin the CIST. It takes a val ue of Enable or Disable, where the default val ue is Disable. BPDU Guard - Specifies whether BPDU Guard is enabled for the Common a nd Internal Spanning tree (CST). Value is enabled or disabl e d BPDU Filter - Specifies whether BPDU Filter is [...]
-
Page 757
- 757 - Designated Bridge - Bridge Identifier of the bridge with the Design ated Port. It is made up using the bridge priority and the base MAC address of the bridge. Designated Port - Port Identifier on the Designated Bridge that offers the lowest cost to the LAN. It is made up from the port priority and the interface number of the port. Topology [...]
-
Page 758
- 758 - Selection Criteria MST ID - Selects one MST instan ce from existing MST instance s. Slot/Port - Selects one of the physi cal o r LAG interface s asso ciated with VLANs associ ated with the selected MST instan ce. Configurable Data Port Priority - The priority for a particular port within the sel ected MST instance. The port priority is set [...]
-
Page 759
- 759 - Designated Cost - Path Cost offered t o the LAN by the De signated Port. Designated Bridge - Bridge Identifier of the bridge with the Design ated Port. It is made up using the bridge priority and the base MAC address of the bridge. Designated Port - Port Identifier on the Designated Bridge that offers the lowest cost to the LAN. It is made [...]
-
Page 760
- 760 - Command Buttons Refresh - Refreshes the scre en with most recent data. 11.3.20 Defining 802.1p priority 11.3.20.1 Defining 802.1p Priority Mapping Page Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the physical interface for which you want to display or configure data. Select 'All' to set the parameters for all ports to the same values. C[...]
-
Page 761
- 761 - 11.3.21 Managing Port Security 11.3.21.1 Configuring Port Security Administration Mode Page Selection Criteria Port Security Mode - Enables or disables the Port Security feature. Command Buttons Submit - Applies the new conf iguration and causes th e changes to take effect. These changes will not be retained across a power cycle u nless a s[...]
-
Page 762
- 762 - Enable violation traps - Enables or disable s the se n ding of new violation traps designating when a packet with a disallowed M A C add ress is received on a locked port. Enable violation Shutdown - Enables or disa bles the Port Secu rity Violation Shutdown mode for the selected interface. Configurable Data Maximum Number of Dynamically Le[...]
-
Page 763
- 763 - 11.3.21.4 Viewing Port Security Dynamically Learnt MAC Address Page Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the physical interface for which you want to display data. Non-configurable data MAC Address - Displays the MAC ad dresse s learned on a specific port. VLAN ID - Displays the VLAN ID correspondi ng to the MAC address. Number of Dynamic [...]
-
Page 764
- 764 - 11.3.21.6 Clearing Port Security Dy namically Learned MAC Addresses Page Use this menu to clear a Dynamic MA C addresses of port security on switch. Configurable Data Dynamically MAC Addr ess - Accepts user input for the MAC address to be deleted. The factory default is blank Command Buttons Delete - Send the updated screen to the switch pe[...]
-
Page 765
- 765 - Hold Multiplier - Specifies the multiplier on Transmit Interv al to assign TTL. The range is from (2 to 10). Default value is 4. Re-Initialization Delay - Specifies the delay before re-initialization. The range is from (1 to 10) . Default value is 2 seconds. Notification Interv al - Spe cifies the interval in seconds for transmission of not[...]
-
Page 766
- 766 - • System Description - To inclu de system description TLV in LLDP frames. • System Capabilities - To include system capability TLV in LLDP frames. • Port Description - To include po rt description TLV in LLDP frames. • Organization Specific - To include org anization spe cific TLV in LLDP frames. Command Buttons Submit - Send the up[...]
-
Page 767
- 767 - 11.3.22.4 Viewing LLDP Statistics Page Non-Configurable Da ta Last Update - Specifies the time when an entry was crea ted, modified or delete d in the tables associated with the remote system. Total Inserts - Specifies the number of times the comple te set of information advertised by a particular MAC Service Access Point (MSAP) has been in[...]
-
Page 768
- 768 - TLV Discards - Specifies the num ber of LLDP T LVs disc arded for a ny reason by the LL DP agent on the corresponding port. TLV Unknowns - Specifies the number of LLDP TLV s re ceived o n the local ports which were not recognized by the LLDP agent on the correspon ding port. TLV MED - Specifies the total number of LLDP-MED TLVs received on [...]
-
Page 769
- 769 - Chassis ID - Specifies the string value used to ide ntify the chassi s component associated wit h the local system. Port ID Subtype - Specifies the string descri bes th e source of the port identifier. Port ID - Specifies the string that describes the source of the port identifier. System Name - Specifie s the syste m na me of the local sys[...]
-
Page 770
- 770 - Non-Configurable Da ta Interface - Specifies the ports on whi c h LLDP - 802.1AB frames can be transmitted. Port ID - Specifies the string describes t he source of the port identifier. Port Description - Specifies the description of the por t asso ciated with the local system. Command Buttons Refresh - Updates the information on the page. 1[...]
-
Page 771
- 771 - Selection Criteria Local Interface - Specifies all the local ports which can receive LLDP frames. Non-Configurable Da ta Remote ID - Specifies the remote client ident ifier a ssi gned to the remote system. Chassis ID Subtype - Specifies the source of the cha ssis identifi er. Chassis ID - Specifies the chassis component as sociated with the[...]
-
Page 772
- 772 - Management Address • Management Address - Specifies the advertise d management address of the remote system. • Typ e - Specifies the type of the management addre ss. MAC/PHY Configuration/Status • Auto-Negotiation - Spe cif ies whether the auto-negotia tion is su pported and whether the auto-negotiation is enabled . • PMD Auto-Negor[...]
-
Page 773
- 773 - Local Interface - Specifies the local port which can receive LLDP frames adverti sed by a remote system. Chassis ID - Specifies the chassis component as sociated with the remote syste m. Port ID - Specifies the port component associated wit h the remote system. System Name - Specifie s the syste m na me of the remote system. Remote Comparis[...]
-
Page 774
- 774 - 11.3.23.2 Configuring LLDP-MED Interface Configuration Page Selection Criteria Interface - Specifies the list of ports on which LL DP-MED - 802.1AB can be configured. 'All' option is provided to configure all interfaces on the DUT and to be consistent with CLI. To view the summary of all interfaces refer to 'Interface Summary[...]
-
Page 775
- 775 - Non-Configurable Da ta Interface - Specifies all the ports on wh ich LLDP-MED can be con f igured. Link Status - Specifies the link status of the ports whether it is Up/ Down. MED Status - Specifies the LLDP -MED mode is enabled or disabl ed on this int erface. Operational Status - Specifies the LLDP-MED TLVs are transmitted or not on thi s[...]
-
Page 776
- 776 - Selection Criteria Interface - Specifies the list of all the ports on whi ch LLDP-ME D frames can be transmitted. Non-Configurable Da ta Network Policy Information - Specifies if network policy TLV is present in the LLDP frames. Media Application Type - Specifie s th e application type. Types of application types are unknown, voicesignaling[...]
-
Page 777
- 777 - 11.3.23.5 Configuring LLDP-MED Remote Device Information Page Selection Criteria Local Interface - Specifies the list of all the por ts on which LLDP-MED is enable d. Non-Configurable Da ta Capability Information - Specifies the supported a nd enabled ca pabilities that was re ceived in MED TLV on this port. Supported Capabilities - Specifi[...]
-
Page 778
- 778 - VLAN Id - Specifies the VLAN id associated with a particular p olicy type. Priority - Specifies the priority associ ated with a particula r policy type. DSCP - Specifies the DSCP associated with a parti cular policy type. Unkno wn Bit Status - Specifies the unknown bit associ ated with a particula r policy type. Tagged Bit Status - Specifie[...]
-
Page 779
- 779 - Selection Criteria Admin Mode - Enable or disable the VTP feature. Device Mode - Use the pulldown menu t o select the VTP device mode(client, server and transparent). The default operational mo de of VTP device is "se rver". Pruning Mode - Enable or disable the VTP pruning mode. V2 Mode - Enable or disable the VTP version 2 mode. [...]
-
Page 780
- 780 - Non-configurable data VTP Status - Displays the VTP Status. VTP Version - Displays the VTP version operating on the swit ch. Configuration Revision - Displays the curre nt config uration revision number on this switch. Maximum VTP supported VLANs - Maximum number of VLANs supported locally. Support VLAN number - Number of existing VLANs. Op[...]
-
Page 781
- 781 - 11.3.25 Managing Link State 11.3.25.1 Configuring Link State Configuration Page Selection Criteria Admin Mode - Choose the link state administrative mo de fo r the switch by sele cting enable or disabl e from the pull-down menu. The factory default is disabled. Group ID – You can use this screen to reconfigure an existing group or to crea[...]
-
Page 782
- 782 - Selection Criteria Admin Mode - The administrative mode of the link state function. Group ID - The group identify of the link state. The ra nge of the group ID is 1 ~ 6. Mode - The administrative mode of the group. Upstream port - The monitored uplin k port, and the link state of this uplink port. Downstream ports - Th e downlink ports for [...]
-
Page 783
- 783 - Group Mode - Choose the group a dministrative mode for the switch by sele cting enable or disable from the pull-down menu. The factory default is disa bled. You could enable this grou p as active port and backup port are configured. Active port - Configure th e active port for a group. 6 port pair for six 1Gbps are configurable for active p[...]
-
Page 784
- 784 - 11.3.27 Managing FIP-Snooping 11.3.27.1 Configuring FIP-Snooping Configuration Selection Criteria Admin Mode - Enable/Disable FIP Snooping function. • Enable - Enable FIP Snooping and star t the FIP Snooping process. • Disable - Disable ETS and stop the ETS process. The system's default FIP Snooping admin mode is di sabled. Vlan ID[...]
-
Page 785
- 785 - • FC ID - ID number of the virtual port that wa s created by the FCF when the ENo de logged into the network. FIP Snooping FCFs • Interface - Name of the interface to which t he FCoE Forwarder (FCF) i s connected. • VLAN - ID number of the VLAN to whi ch the FCF belo ngs. • FCMAP - May FC-Map value used by the FCF. The default value[...]
-
Page 786
- 786 - Command Buttons Submit - Update the switch with the values on this sc reen. If you want the switch to retain the new values across a power cycle, you must perform a save . Delete - Allows the user to remove specified stati c e ntry from the ARP Table. Delete All - Allows the user to remove all static entries from the ARP Table. 11.4.1.2 Con[...]
-
Page 787
- 787 - Dynamic Rene w - This controls wheth e r the ARP compone nt automatically attempts to renew ARP Entries of type Dynamic when they age out. The default setting is Enable. Remove from Table - Allows the user to remove certain entries from the ARP Table. The choice s listed specify the type of ARP Entry to be deleted: • All Dynamic Entries ?[...]
-
Page 788
- 788 - 11.4.2 Managing IP Interfaces 11.4.2.1 Configuring IP Use this menu to configure routing parameters for the swit ch as opposed to an interface. Selection Criteria Routin g Mode - Select enable or disabl e from the pul l down menu. You must enable routing for the switch before you can route throug h any of the interfaces. The default value i[...]
-
Page 789
- 789 - Non-Configurable Da ta IpInReceives - The total number of input datagram s received from interfaces, including those received in error. IpInHdrErrors - The number of input datagrams discarded due to errors in their IP headers, in cluding bad checksums, version numbe r mism atch, other format errors, time-to-live exceeded, errors discovered [...]
-
Page 790
- 790 - IpForwDatagrams - The number of inpu t datagram s for which this entity was not their final IP destination, as a result of which an attempt was mad e to find a route to forward them to that final destination. In entities which do not act as IP Gateways, this counter will include only those packets which were Source-Routed via this entity, a[...]
-
Page 791
- 791 - IcmpInRedirects - The number of ICM P Redirect m essages received. IcmpInEchos - The number of ICMP Echo (request) message s received. IcmpInEchoReps - The number of ICMP Echo Re ply messages received. IcmpInTimestamps - The number of ICMP Timestamp (re que st) messag es received. IcmpInTimestampReps - The number of ICMP Timestamp Reply mes[...]
-
Page 792
- 792 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the interface for which data is to be displayed or configured. Routin g Mode - Setting this enables or disables routi ng for an interface. The default value is enable. Administrative Mode - The Administrative Mode of the interface. The default val ue is enable. Forward Net Directed Broadcas ts - Select [...]
-
Page 793
- 793 - MAC Address - The burned-in physi cal address of the specif ied interface. The format is six two-digit hexadecimal numbers sep arated by col ons, for exam ple 00:06:29:32:81:40. Link Speed Data Rate - An integer represe nting the physical lin k data rate of the sp ecified interface. This data is valid only for physical interfaces and is mea[...]
-
Page 794
- 794 - Configurable Data Router ID - The 32 bit integer in dotted decimal format that uniquely identifies the router withi n the autonomous system (AS). If you want to change the R outer ID you must first disa ble OSPF. After you set the new Router ID, you must re-enable OSPF to have the change take effect. The default value is 0.0.0.0, although t[...]
-
Page 795
- 795 - ! Once OSPF is initialized on the router, it w ill remain initialized until the router is reset. RFC 1583 Compatibility - Select enable or disable fro m the pulldown menu to specify the preference rules that will be used when choosing a m ong multipl e AS-external-LSAs advertising the sam e destination. If you select enable, the preference [...]
-
Page 796
- 796 - LSAs Received - The number of LSAs (link state advertise ments) received that were determined to be new instantiations. This number d oe s not include newer instantiations of self-originate d L SAs. Command Buttons Submit - Send the updated configuration to the sw itch. Configu ration changes take effect immediately. These changes will not [...]
-
Page 797
- 797 - SPF DelayTime(secs) - Delay time is the number of seco nd s from when OSPF receives a topology change to the start of the next SPF calculation. Delay Time is an integer from 0 to 65535 se conds. The default time is 5 seconds. A value of 0 means that there is no d elay; that is, the SPF calculation is started upon a topology change. SPF Hold[...]
-
Page 798
- 798 - AS_OPAQUE LSA Checksum - The sum of the LS checksums of the opaque L SAs with domain wide flooding scope. This sum ca n be us ed to determi ne if there ha s bee n a change in a route r's link state database, and to com pare the lin k-state databases of tw o ro uters. This value is in h exadecimal. New LSAs Originated - The number of LS[...]
-
Page 799
- 799 - 11.4.3.4 Configuring Area Range Selection Criteria Area ID - Selects the area for which dat a is to be co nfigured. Configurable Data IP address - Enter the IP Address for the addre ss range for the se lected a r ea. Subnet Mask - Enter the Subnet Mask for the addre ss range for the selected area. LSDB Type - Select the type of Link Adverti[...]
-
Page 800
- 800 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the interface for which data is to be displayed. Non-Configurable Da ta OSPF Area ID - The OSPF area to which the selected route r interface belong s. An OSPF Area ID is a 32 bit integer in dotted decimal format that uniquely identifies the area to which the interface connects . Area Border Router Co un[...]
-
Page 801
- 801 - AS Border Router Count - The total nu mber of Autonomous System border routers rea chable within this area. This is initially zero, and is calculated in each SPF Pass. Area LSA Count - The total numbe r of link-state adve rtisem ents in this area's link-state datab ase, excluding AS External LSAs. IP Address - The IP address of the int[...]
-
Page 802
- 802 - DD Packet s Received - The number of Database De scription packets received on this interface by this router. LS Requests Sent - The number of LS Reque sts sen t on this interf ace by this router. LS Requests Received - The number of LS Requests received on this interfac e by this rout er. LS Updates Sent - The number of LS update s sent on[...]
-
Page 803
- 803 - Slot/Port - Select the interface for which data is to be displayed or configured. Configurable Data OSPF Area ID - Enter the 32 bit integer in dotted deci mal format that uniquely identifies the OSPF area to which the selected router interface conn ec t s. If you assign an Area ID which does not exist, the area will be created with default [...]
-
Page 804
- 804 - Authentication Key ID - Enter the ID to be used for authenti c ation. You will only be prompted to enter an ID when you select 'Encrypt' as the authentication type. The ID is a nu mber between 0 ad 255, inclusive. Metric Cost - Enter the value on this interface for the co st TOS (ty pe of se rvice). The range for the metric cost i[...]
-
Page 805
- 805 - Designated Router - The identity of the Desi gnate d Router for this network, in the view of the advertising router. The Designated Rout er is identified here by its router ID. The value 0.0.0.0 means that there is no Designated Router. Thi s field is only displayed if the OSPF admin mode is enabled. Backup Designated Router - The ide ntity[...]
-
Page 806
- 806 - 11.4.3.8 Configuring OSPF Neighbor This panel displays the OSPF neighbo r configuration for a selected neigh bor ID. When a pa rticular neighbor ID is specified, detailed information about a neighbor is given. The information below will only be displayed if OSPF is enabled and the interface ha s a neighbor. Th e IP address is the IP address[...]
-
Page 807
- 807 - • Init - In this state, a Hello packet has re cently been seen from the neighbor. However, bidirectional communication has n ot yet been establi s hed with the neighbor (i.e., the router itself did not appear in the neighbor' s Hello pac ket). All neigh bors in this state (o r greater) are listed in the Hello packets sent from the as[...]
-
Page 808
- 808 - the Router ID you must first disable OSPF. Afte r you set the new Router ID, you must re-enabl e OSPF to have the change take effect. The default value is 0.0.0.0, althoug h this is not a valid Route r ID. Area ID - The ID of an OSPF area to which one of the rout er interfaces is conne cted. An Area ID is a 32 bit integer in dotted decimal [...]
-
Page 809
- 809 - Selection Criteria Create New Virtual Link - Select this option from the dropdo wn menu to define a new virtual link. The area portion of the virtual link identification is fixed: you will be prompted to enter the Neighbor Router ID on a new screen. Area ID and Neighbor Router ID - Sele ct the virtual link for which you want to display or c[...]
-
Page 810
- 810 - Authentication Key - Enter the OSPF Authentication Key fo r the specified interface. If you do not choose to use authentication you will not be prompt ed to enter a key. If you choose ' simple' authentication you cannot use a key of more than 8 octets. If you choose 'encry pt' the key may be up to 16 octets long. The key[...]
-
Page 811
- 81 1 - Non-Configurable Da ta Area ID - The Area ID portion of the virtual link identification for whi ch data is to be displayed. The Area ID and Neighbor Router ID togeth er define a virtual link. Neighbor Router ID - The neigh bor p ortion of the virtual link identification. Virtual links may be configured between any pair of area b order rout[...]
-
Page 812
- 812 - Configurable Data Configured Source - This select box is a dynamic sele ctor and would be popul ated by only those Source Routes that have already been configured for redistribute b y OSPF. However, the topmost option in the select box would be "Creat e", and this allows the user to conf igure anothe r, amo ng the Available Source[...]
-
Page 813
- 813 - Delete - Delete the entry of the Source Route selected as Configu red Source from the list of Sources configured for OSPF Route Redistributio n. 11.4.3.13 Viewing OSPF Route Redistribution Summary Information This scre en displays the OSPF R oute Redistribution Configurations. Non-Configurable Da ta Source - The Source Route to be Redistrib[...]
-
Page 814
- 814 - 11.4.4 Managing BOOTP/DHCP Relay Agent 11.4.4.1 Configuring BOOTP/DHCP Relay Agent Configurable Data Maximum Hop Count - Enter the maximum number of hops a cli ent requ est can take before being discarded. Admin Mode - Select enable or disabl e from the pulldown menu. When you select 'enable' BOOTP/DHCP requests will be forward e [...]
-
Page 815
- 815 - Maximum Hop Count - The maximum number of Hops a cli ent request can go without being discarded. Admin Mode - Administrative mode of the relay. When you select 'enabl e' BOO TP/DHCP requests will be forwarded to the IP address you entered in the 'Server IP ad dress' field. Minimum Wait Time (secs) - The Minimum time in s[...]
-
Page 816
- 816 - None - no special proce ssing for this case. Simple - a route will not be included in updates sent to the router from which it was learned. Poisoned reverse - a route will be in cluded in updates sent to the router fro m wh ich it was learned, but the metric will be set to infinity. The default is simple. Auto Summary Mode - Select enable o[...]
-
Page 817
- 817 - None - RIP control packets w ill not be transmitted. The default is RIP-2. Receive Version - Which RIP versi on control packet s will be accepted by the interface. The v alue is one of the following: RIP-1 - only RIP version 1 formatt ed packets will be received. RIP-2 - only RIP version 2 formatt ed packets will be received. Both - packets[...]
-
Page 818
- 818 - RIP-2 - send RIP version 2 packets u sin g multica st. None - no RIP control packets will be sent. The default is RIP-2. Receive Version - Select what RIP control pa ckets the interface will accept from the pulldow n menu. The value is one of the following: RIP-1 - accept only RIP version 1 formatted packets. RIP-2 - accept only RIP version[...]
-
Page 819
- 819 - 11.4.5.4 Configuring Route Redistribution Configuration This screen can be u sed to config ure the RIP Ro ute Redistri bution parameters. The all owabl e value s for each field are displayed next to the field. If any invalid values are entered, an alert message will be displayed with the list of all the valid values. Configurable Data Confi[...]
-
Page 820
- 820 - External 1 - Sets External Type 1 OSPF Routes to be redistributed External 2 - Sets External Type 2 OSPF Routes to be redistributed NSSA-External 1 - Sets NSSA External Type 1 OSPF Routes to be redistributed NSSA-External 2 - Sets NSSA External Type 2 OSPF Routes to be redistributed The default is Internal. Distribute List - Distribute List[...]
-
Page 821
- 821 - Source - The Source Route to be Redistributed by RI P. Metric - The Metric of redistribute d routes for the gi v en Source Route. Display s "Unconfigured" when not configured. Match - List of Routes redistributed when "OSPF" is selected as S ource. Th e list may inclu de one o r more of: Internal External 1 External 2 NS[...]
-
Page 822
- 822 - Maximum Advertise Interval (secs) - Enter the maximum time (in se conds) allowed between router advertisements sent from the interfa ce. Minimum Advertise Interval (secs) - Enter the minimum time (in se conds) allowed between router advertisements sent from the interfa ce. Advertise Lifetime (secs) - Enter the value (in seconds) to be used [...]
-
Page 823
- 823 - Maximum Advertise Interval (secs) - The maximu m time (in se conds) allowed between ro uter advertisements sent from the interfa ce. Minimum Advertise Interval (secs) - The minimum time (in seconds) all owed between router advertisements sent from the interfa ce. Advertise Lifetime (secs) - The value (in seconds) used as the lifetime field [...]
-
Page 824
- 824 - Next Hop IP Address - The outgoin g router IP address to use when forwardi ng traffic to the n ext router (if any) in the path towards the destination. The next router will always be one of the adjacent neighbors or the IP address of the local in terface for a directly attached net work. Total Number of Routes - The total number of routes i[...]
-
Page 825
- 825 - 11.4.7.3 Configuring Router Static Route Entry Selection Criteria Network Address - Spe cifies the IP ro ute prefix for t he de st ination. In order to create a route a valid routing interface must exist and the next hop IP Addr ess must be on the same network as the routing interface. Routing interfaces are created on the IP Interface Conf[...]
-
Page 826
- 826 - 11.4.7.4 Configuring (Static) Routes Entry Selection Criteria Route Ty pe - This field can be either def ault or static or st atic reject. If creating a default ro ute, all that needs to be specified is the next hop IP address, ot herwise ea ch fie ld needs to be specified. Configurable Data Network Address - The IP route prefix for the des[...]
-
Page 827
- 827 - 11.4.7.5 Configuring Router Route Preference Use the Route Preferences Configur ation page to configure the defaul t preferen ce for e ach protocol. These values arearbitrary values that range from 1 to 255, and are indepe ndent of route metrics. Most routing protocols use a rout e metric todetermine the shortest path known to the protocol,[...]
-
Page 828
- 828 - Local - This field displays the local route preference value. Command Buttons Submit - Send the updated configuration to the sw itch. Configu ration changes take effect immediately. These changes will not be retained ac ross a power cycle unless a save is performed. 11.4.8 Managing VLAN Routing 11.4.8.1 Configuring VLAN Routing Selection Cr[...]
-
Page 829
- 829 - • Change back to the VLAN Routing Summary page. The ne w VLAN shoul d appear in the table with the correct IP address and subnet mask assig ned. 11.4.8.2 Viewing VLAN Routing Summary Information Non-Configurable Da ta VLAN ID - The ID of the VLAN whose data is displ a ye d in the current table row Slot/Port - The Slot/Port assigned to the[...]
-
Page 830
- 830 - 11.4.9.2 Configuring Virtual Router Selection Criteria VRID and Slot/Port - Select 'Create' from the pulldown menu to configure a new Virtual Router, or select one of the existing Virtual Routers, listed by interface number and VRID. Configurable Data VRID - This field is only configurable if you are creat ing new Virtual Route r,[...]
-
Page 831
- 831 - Authentication Ty pe - Select the type of Authenticat ion for the Virtual Route r from the pulldown menu. The default is None. The choice s are: 0-None - No authentication will be pe rforme d. 1-Key - Authentication will be performe d usin g a text password. Authentication Data - If you sel e cte d simple authentication, enter the passwo rd[...]
-
Page 832
- 832 - IP Address - Enter the IP address for the interface. Thi s address must be a memb er of one of the subnets currently configured on the interf ac e. This value is readonly once configured. Non-Configurable Da ta Slot/Port - The interface for which data is to be displayed or configured. Virtual Router ID - The Virtual Router ID for which data[...]
-
Page 833
- 833 - Submit - Send the updated configuration to the rout er. Configuration changes ta ke effect immediately. These changes will not be retained across a power cycle unles s a save is performed. Refresh - Refresh the data on the scree n with the present state of the data in the switch. Cancel - Return to the Virtual Ro uter Configuration scre en.[...]
-
Page 834
- 834 - Configurable Data Priority Decrement - Enter the priority decrement for the tracked Route. The valid rang e is 1 -254. default value is 10. Remove - Removes the se lected Tracking Routes fro m the VRRP tracked list. Non-Configurable Da ta Slot/Port - The VRRP interface for whi ch Tracking data is to be displayed. Virtual Router ID - he Virt[...]
-
Page 835
- 835 - Configurable Data Track Route Pfx - The Prefix of the route. Track Route PfxLen - The prefix length of the route. Priority Decrement - The priority decrement for the Route. T he v alid range is 1 -254. Default value is 10. Non-Configurable Da ta Slot/Port - The interface for which data is to be displayed. Virtual Router ID - The Virtual Rou[...]
-
Page 836
- 836 - Priority - The priority value used by the VRRP router in the election for the mast er virtual router. Pre-empt Mode - • Enable - if the Virtual Router is a backup router it will preempt the master router if it has a priority greater than the master vi rtual router's priority provided the maste r is not the owner of the virtual router[...]
-
Page 837
- 837 - Selection Criteria VRID and Slot/Port - Select the existing Virtual Router , listed by interface number and VRID, for which you want to display statistical information. Non-Configurable Da ta Router Checksum Errors - The total number of VRRP packets received with an invalid VRRP checksum value. Router Version Errors - The total number of VR[...]
-
Page 838
- 838 - Zero Priority Packets Received - The total number of VRRP pa ckets received by the virtual router with a priority of '0'. Zero Priority Packets Sent - The total number of VRRP packets sent by the virtual ro uter wi th a priority of '0'. Invalid Type Packets Receiv ed - The number of VRRP packets receiv ed by the virtual [...]
-
Page 839
- 839 - Mode - Selector for the Tunnel mode. The suppo rted modes are 6-in-4-configure d and 6-to-4. IPv6 Implicit Mode - Enable IPv6 on this interface using the IPv6 address. This option is only configurable prior to spe cif ying an explicit IPv6 address. IPv6 Address - Select list of configured IPv6 addresses for the selected L oopback interface.[...]
-
Page 840
- 840 - Refresh - Refresh the page with the latest Tun nel entries. 11.4.11 Managing Loopbacks 11.4.11.1 Configuring Loopbacks Configuration Page Loopback interfaces can b e created, configured and remove d on this page. Configurable Data Loopback - Select list of currently configure d loopba ck in terfaces. Create is also a valid choice if the max[...]
-
Page 841
- 841 - Submit - Update the system with the values on this screen. Delete Loopback - Remove the selected loop ba ck interface. Delete Primary - Remove the configured Primary IPv4 Address. Add Secondary - Add the user sp ecifie d Secondary IPv4 Address. Delete Selected Secondary - Remove the selecte d Secondary I P v4 Address. Delete Selected Addres[...]
-
Page 842
- 842 - Configurable Data Administrative Mode - This sel ector lists the two options for admin istrative mod e: enable and disable. The default value is disabled. Guest Vlan Supplicant Mode - Thi s selector lists the two o ptions for Gu est VLAN Suppli cant mode: enable and disable. The de fault value is disa bled. Command Buttons Submit - Sends th[...]
-
Page 843
- 843 - Selection Criteria Port - Selects the port to be configured. Whe n the sel ection is changed, a screen refre s h will o ccur causing all fields to be updated for the newly sel ected port. All physical interfaces are valid. Contro l Mode - This selector lists the options for contro l mode. The control mode is only set if the link status of t[...]
-
Page 844
- 844 - Maximum Requests - This input field allows the user to enter the maximum requ ests for the selected port. The maximum requests value is the maximum numbe r of times the authenticator state machi ne on this port will retransmit an EAPOL EAP Request/Identity before timing out the supplicant. The maximum requests value must be in th e rang e o[...]
-
Page 845
- 845 - Selection Criteria Port - Selects the port to be displayed. When the selection i s ch an ged, a screen refresh will occur causing all fields to be updated for the newly sel ected port. All physical interfaces are valid. Non-Configurable Da ta Contro l Mode - Displays the configured control m ode for the specified port. Options are: force un[...]
-
Page 846
- 846 - Transmit Period(secs) - This field displ ays the configured transmit period for th e selected port. The transmit period is the value, in seconds, of the timer used by the authentic ator st ate machine on the specified port to determine when to send an EAPOL EAP Request/Identity frame to the supplicant. The transmit period is a number in the[...]
-
Page 847
- 847 - Backend State - This field displays the current state of the backend authentic ation state machine. Possible values are: "Request" "Response" "Success" "Fail" "Timeout" "Initialize" "Idle" VLAN Assigned - Display s the VLAN ID assig ned to t he selected interface by the A[...]
-
Page 848
- 848 - Non-Configurable Da ta Port - Specifies the port whose settings are displayed in the current table row. Contro l Mode - This field indicates the configure d control mode for the port. Possible value s are: • Force Unauthorized: The authenticator port access en tity (PAE) unconditionally sets the controlled port to unauthorized. • Force [...]
-
Page 849
- 849 - Refresh - Update the information on the page. 11.5.1.5 Viewing each Port Access Control Statistics Page Selection Criteria Port - Selects the port to be displayed. When the selection i s ch an ged, a screen refresh will occur causing all fields to be updated for the newly sel ected port. All physical interfaces are valid. Non-Configurable D[...]
-
Page 850
- 850 - EAP Request/Id Frames Transmitted - This di spl ays the number of EAP request/identity frames that have been transmitted by this authenticator. EAP Request Frames Transmitte d - This displays the number of EAP request frames (other than request/identity frames) that have been transmitted by this authe nticator. Invalid EAPOL Frames Transmit[...]
-
Page 851
- 851 - 11.5.1.7 Defining Port Access Client Summary Page Selection Criteria Port - Selects the port to be displayed. When the selection i s ch an ged, a screen refresh will occur causing all fields to be updated for the newly sel ected port. All physical interfaces are valid. Non-Configurable Da ta User Name - Displays the user name repre senting [...]
-
Page 852
- 852 - Configurable Data Login - Selects the login to apply to the specified user. All configured logins are displayed. Command Buttons Submit - Sends the updated screen to the switch and caus es the changes to take effect on the swit ch but these changes will not be re tained across a powe r cycle unless a save is performed. Refresh - Update the [...]
-
Page 853
- 853 - Non-Configurable Da ta Port - Displays the port in Slot/Port format. Users - Displays the users that have access to the p ort. Command Buttons Refresh - Update the information on the page. 11.5.2 Managing RADIUS 11.5.2.1 Configuring RADIUS Configuration Page[...]
-
Page 854
- 854 - Selection Criteria Accounting Mode - Selects if the RADIUS accounting mode is en abled or disabled. Configurable Data Max Number of Retransmits - The value of the maximum numb er of times a request packet is retransmitted. The valid range is 1 - 15. Consideration to maximum delay time should be given whe n configuring RADIUS maxretransmit a[...]
-
Page 855
- 855 - 11.5.2.2 Configuring RADIUS Server Configuration Page Selection Criteria RADIUS Server IP Address - Selects the RADI US server to be configured. Select add to add a server. Primary Server - Sets the selected server to thePrimary or Secondary server. Message Authentica tor - Enable o r disable the message authe nticator attribute for the sel[...]
-
Page 856
- 856 - Secret Configured - Indicates if the shared se cret fo r this server has been configure d. Command Buttons Submit - Sends the updated screen to the switch and caus es the changes to take effect on the swit ch but these changes will not be re tained across a powe r cycle unless a save is performed. Remove - Remove the sel ected server from t[...]
-
Page 857
- 857 - Access Rejects - The number of RA DI US Access-Reject packets, including both valid and invalid packets that were received from this server. Access Challenges - The numbe r of RADIUS Acce ss-Chal lenge packets, inclu ding both vali d and invalid packets that were received from this server. Malformed Access Responses - The numbe r of malform[...]
-
Page 858
- 858 - 224.xxx.xxx.xxx 127.0.0.1 Host name - Enter the host name of the station. Port - Specifies the UDP Port to be u sed by the acco unting server. The valid range is 0 - 6553 5. If the user has READONLY access, the value is displayed but cannot be cha nged. Secret - Specifies the shared secret to use with the specifie d acco unting server. This[...]
-
Page 859
- 859 - Accounting Server IP Address - Identifies the accounting server associated wi th the statistics. Round Trip Time (secs) - Displays the time interval, in hund redths of a seco nd, betwe en the most recent Accounting-Response and the Accou nting-Request that matched it from this RA DIUS accounting server. Accounting Requests - Displays the nu[...]
-
Page 860
- 860 - 11.5.3 Defining TACACS+ Configuration 11.5.3.1 Configuring TACACS Configuration Page Configurable Data Key String - Specifie s the authentication and encrypti on key for TACACS+ communications between the device and the TACACS+ server. The valid rang e is 0-1 28 characters. The key must match the key configured on the TACACS+ server. Connec[...]
-
Page 861
- 861 - Selection Criteria TACACS+ Server Selects the TACACS+ server for which dat a is to be displayed or configured. If the add item is selected, a new TACACS server can b e configured. Configurable Data IP Address - Specifies the TACACS+ Se rver IP address. You cannot define these IP addresses: 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255 224.xxx.xxx.xxx 127.0.0.1 H[...]
-
Page 862
- 862 - designated management st ations, only the ch osen stat ions, as defined by IP address, will be allowed management privilege through the web manag er, Telnet session, Secure Shell (SSH) o r Secure Socket Layer (SSL) for secure HTTP. Selection Criteria Admin Mode - Selects the IP Filter admin mode for enable or disa ble. Configurable Data Fil[...]
-
Page 863
- 863 - Selection Criteria HTTPS Admin Mode - This field is used to enable or disa ble the Administ rative Mode of Secure HTTP. The currently configured value is shown whe n the web page is displayed. The default value is disabled. TLS Version 1 - This field is used to enable or disable Tran sport Layer Security Version 1.0. The currently configure[...]
-
Page 864
- 864 - Delete - Used to delete the corresponding ce rtificate, if it is present. 11.5.6 Defining Secure Shell Configuration 11.5.6.1 Configuring Secure Shell Configuration Page Selection Criteria Admin Mode - This select field is used to Enable or Disable the administrative mode of SSH. The currently configured value is sh own wh en the web p a ge[...]
-
Page 865
- 865 - Generate RSA Hos t Keys - Begin generating the RSA host keys. Note that to generate SSH key files SSH must be administratively disabled and there can be no active SSH session s. Generate DSA Host Key - Begin generating the DSA host keys. Note that to generate SSH key files SSH must be administratively disabled and there can be no active SSH[...]
-
Page 866
- 866 - 11.6.2 Configuring IPv6 Interface Configuration Page Selection Criteria Interface - Selects the interface to be configured. W hen the selection is ch anged, a screen refresh will occur causing all fields to be updated for the new ly sele cted port. All physical interfaces are valid. IPv6 Prefix - Specifies IPv6 prefix with prefix length for[...]
-
Page 867
- 867 - IPv6 Implicit Mode - When ipv6 implicit mode is enabled, interface is capable of ipv6 operation without a global address. In this case, a n eui-64 based link-local ad dress is used. This selecto r lists the two options for ipv6 mode: enable a nd disable. Default value is disable. IPv6 Routing Operational Mode - Specifies ope ration al state[...]
-
Page 868
- 868 - Non-Configurable Da ta Interface - Specifies the interface who se settings are displayed in the cu rrent table ro w. Routin g Mode - Specifies routing mode of an interface. Admin Mode - Specifies administrative mode of an in terface. Implicit Mode - When ipv6 implicit mode is enabled, inte rface is capable of ipv6 operation without a global[...]
-
Page 869
- 869 -[...]
-
Page 870
- 870 - Selection Criteria Interface - Selects the interface to be configured. W hen the selection is ch anged, a screen refresh will occur causing all fields to be update d for the newly selected po rt. Non-Configurable Da ta IPv6 Statistics Total Datagrams Receiv ed - The total number of input datagra ms received by the interface, including those[...]
-
Page 871
- 871 - which these fragments were addres sed which might not be necessarily the input interface for some of the fragments. Datagrams Successfully Rea ssemble d - The number of IPv6 datagram s successfully reassembled. Note that this counter i s incremen ted at the interface to which these datagrams were addressed which might not be necessarily the[...]
-
Page 872
- 872 - ICMPv6 Echo Reply Messages Receiv ed - The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received by the interface. ICMPv6 Router Solicit Messages Receiv ed - The number of ICMP Router Solicit messages received by the interface. ICMPv6 Router Advertise ment Messages Receiv e d - The numb er of ICMP Router Advertisement messages received by the interfa[...]
-
Page 873
- 873 - ICMPv6 Redirect Messag es Transmitted - The num ber of Redirect messages sent. ICMPv6 Group Membership Query Messag es Transmitted - The number of ICMPv6 Group Membership Query messages sent. ICMPv6 Group Membership Response Messages Transmitted - The number of ICMPv6 Group Membership Response messages sent. ICMPv6 Group Membership Reductio[...]
-
Page 874
- 874 - • Stale - More than ReachableTime millise con ds h ave elapsed since the last positive confirmation was received that the forwa rd pat h was functioning properly. Whil e in STALE state, the device takes no action until a packet is sent. • Delay - More than Reacha bleTime milliseconds have elapsed since the last positi ve confirmation wa[...]
-
Page 875
- 875 - 11.6.7 Managing OSPFv3 Protocol 11.6.7.1 Configuring OSPFv3 Configuration Page Configurable Data Router ID - The 32 bit integer in dotted decimal format that uniquely identifies the router withi n the autonomous system (AS). If you want to change the R outer ID you must first disable OSPFv3. After you set the new Router ID, you must re-enab[...]
-
Page 876
- 876 - *NOTE: once OSPFv3 is initialized on the router, it w i ll remain in itialized until the router is reset. Exit Overflow Interval - Enter the number of seconds that, a fter entering over flow state, the route r should wait before attempting to leave overflow st ate. This allows t he router to again originate non-default AS-external-LS As. If[...]
-
Page 877
- 877 - been a change in a router's link state dat abase, and to compare the link-state databa ses of two routers. AS_OPAQUE LSA Count - The num ber of opaque LSAs with dom ain wid e flooding scope. AS_OPAQUE LSA Checksum - The sum of the LS checksums of the opaque L SAs with domain wide flooding scope. This sum ca n be us ed to determi ne if [...]
-
Page 878
- 878 - Import Summary LSAs - Select enable or disable fro m the pulldown menu. If you select ena ble summary LSAs will be imported into are as. Defa ults to Enable. Stub Area Specific Parameters. Metric Value - Enter the metric value you want applied for the default route adve rtised into the stub area. Valid values range from 1 to 16,777,215. Thi[...]
-
Page 879
- 879 - Translator State - Translator State 'Enabl ed' means that the NSSA r outer OSPFv3 Area NssA Translator Role has been set to always. Tran sl ator State of 'Elected' means a candidate NSSA Border router is translating ty pe-7 LSAs into type-5.' Disabled' implies tha a candidate NSSA Border router is NOT translati[...]
-
Page 880
- 880 - Selection Criteria Area ID - Selects the area for which dat a is to be co nfigured. Configurable Data IPv6 Prefix - Enter the IPv6 Prefix/Prefix Length fo r the address range for the selected area. LSDB Type - Select the type of Link Advertisement a s sociated wit h the spe cified area and addres s range. The default type is 'Network S[...]
-
Page 881
- 881 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the interface for which data is to be displayed or configured. Configurable Data OSPFv3 Admin Mode* - You may select enable or disabl e from the pulldown menu. The default value is 'disable.' You can configure OSPFv3 par ame ters without enabling OSPFv3 Admin Mode, but they will have no effect[...]
-
Page 882
- 882 - Hello Interval - Enter the OSPFv3 hello interval for the s pecified interface in seconds. This parameter must be the same for all routers attached to a network. Valid value s ran ge from 1 to 65,535. The default is 10 seconds. Dead Interval - Enter the OSPFv3 dead interval for the spec ified interface in seconds. This specifie s how long a [...]
-
Page 883
- 883 - • Other Designated Rou te r - The interface is connected to a broadcast or NBM A network on which other routers have b een selected to be the De signated Router and Backup Designated Router either. The router attempts to form adjacencies to both the Design ated Router and the Backup Designated Router. The State is only displayed if the OS[...]
-
Page 884
- 884 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the interface for which data is to be displayed. Non-Configurable Da ta OSPFv3 Area ID - The OSPFv3 area to which the selected router interface b elongs. An OSPFv3 Area ID is a 32 bit integer in dotted decimal fo rmat that uniquely identifies the area to whi ch the interface connects. Area Border Router[...]
-
Page 885
- 885 - Virtual Events - The number of state change s or e rrors that have occurred on this virtual link. Neighbor Events - The nu mber of times this neighbor relationshi p has changed state o r an error has occurred. External LSA Count - The number of external (LS type 5) lin k-state advertisements in the l ink-state database. Sent packets - The n[...]
-
Page 886
- 886 - 11.6.7.7 Viewing OSPFv3 Neighbor Information Page This screen shows the OSPFv3 Neigh b or information for a selected neigh bor Router ID on the selected interface. When a particular Neighbo r Router ID is selected, it shows detailed information abo ut the neighbor. This information is displayed o nly is OSPFv3 is enabled and there is a t le[...]
-
Page 887
- 887 - 11.6.7.8 Viewing OSPFv3 Neighbor Table Information Page This screen shows the OSPFv3 Neighb or Table, either for all interfaces on whi ch valid OSPFv3 Neighbors are pre sent o r the neig hbo rs specific to a given interface on whi ch OSPFv3 Neighbors exist. This information is displayed only if OSPFv3 is enabled and there exists at least on[...]
-
Page 888
- 888 - Non-Configurable Da ta Router ID - The 32 bit integer in dotted decimal format that uniquely identifies the router withi n the autonomous system (AS). The Router I D is set on the OSPFv3 Interface Configuration p age. If you want to change the Router ID you must first disable OSPFv3. After you set the new Router ID, you must re-enable OSPFv[...]
-
Page 889
- 889 - 11.6.7.10 Configuring OSPFv3 Virtual Link Configuration Page Selection Criteria Create New Virtual Link - Select this option from the dropdo wn menu to define a new virtual link. The area portion of the virtual link identification is fixed: you will be prompted to enter the Neighbor Router ID on a new screen. Area ID and Neighbor Router ID [...]
-
Page 890
- 890 - • Waiting - The router is trying to determi ne the identity of the (Backup) Designated Router by monitoring received Hello Packets. The router is not allowed to elect a Backup Designated Router or a Designated Ro uter until it transit ions out of Waiting stat e. This prevents unnecessary change s of (Backup) Designated Route r. • Point-[...]
-
Page 891
- 891 - Neighbor Router ID - The neigh bor p ortion of the virtual link identification. Virtual links may be configured between any pair of area b order rout ers having interfaces to a common (non-ba ckbone ) area. Hello Interval - The OSPFv3 hello interval for the virtual link in units of secon ds. Dead Interval - The OSPFv3 dead interval for the [...]
-
Page 892
- 892 - Metric Type - Sets the OSPFv3 metric type of redistri buted routes. Tag - Sets the tag field in routes redistributed. This field displays t he tag if the source was pre-configured, else a default tag value of 0 is displayed. The valid values are (0 to 429496729 5) Command Buttons Submit - Send the updated configuration to the r outer. Confi[...]
-
Page 893
- 893 - Selection Criteria Global or Link-local Next-hop - Specify if the Next Hop IPv6 Addr ess is a Global IPv6 Address o r a Link-local IPv6 Address. Slot/Port - Enter the unit, slot and port number for the Link-l ocal IPv6 Next Hop Address. This field is displayed only if the Global or Link-local Next -hop Sel ector i s selected as Link-local. [...]
-
Page 894
- 894 - • All Routes - Shows all active IPv6 routes Non-Configurable Da ta Number of Routes/Best Routes - Di splays the total number of a ctive routes/best routes in the route table. IPv6 Prefix/Prefix Length - Displays the Network Pref ix and Prefix Length for th e Active Route. Protocol - Displays the Type of Protoco l for the Active Route. Nex[...]
-
Page 895
- 895 - Submit - Send the updated configuration to the sw itch. Configu ration changes take effect immediately. These changes will not be retained ac ross a power cycle unless a save is performed. 11.6.8.4 Configuring IPv6 Routes Configuration Page Selection Criteria Routes Displayed - • Configured Routes - Shows the ro utes configured by the use[...]
-
Page 896
- 896 - Configurable Data RIPv6 Admin Mode - Select ena ble or disable from the pulldown menu. If you select enable RIPv6 will be enabled for the switch. The default is disable. Split Horizon Mode - Select none, simple or poison reverse f rom the pulldown menu. Split h orizon is a technique for avoiding problem s caus ed by including routes in upda[...]
-
Page 897
- 897 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the interface for which data is to be configured. Configurable Data Interface Mode - Select enable o r disable from the pull down menu. Before you enable RIPv6 version 1 or version 1c on an interface, you must fi rst enable network dire cted broadcast mode on the corresponding interface. The default val[...]
-
Page 898
- 898 - Available Source - This select box is a dynamic sele ctor and wo uld be populated by only those Source Routes that have not prev iously been configured for redistri but ion by RIPv6. This select box would appear only if the user select s "Create" opt ion as Configured Source. The valid values are Static Connected OSPF Metric - Set[...]
-
Page 899
- 899 - 11.7 QOS Menu 11.7.1 Managing Access Control Lists 11.7.1.1.1 Configuring IP Access Control List Configuration Page An IP ACL consists of a set of rules which are mat c he d sequentially against a packet. When a packet meets the match criteria of a rule, the specified ru le a ction (Permit/Deny) is taken and the additional rule s are not ch[...]
-
Page 900
- 900 - Non-Configurable Da ta IP ACL ID - The IP ACL identifier. Rules - The number of rules currently configured for the IP ACL. Direction - The direction of packet traffic affected by the IP ACL. Direction can only be: • Inbound Slot/Port(s) - The interfaces to which the IP ACL applies. VLAN(s) - VLAN(s) to which the IP ACL applies. Command Bu[...]
-
Page 901
- 901 - Selection Criteria IP ACL ID - Use the pulldown menu to select the IP ACL for which to create or update a rule. Rule - Select an existing rule from the pulldown menu, or select 'Create New Rule.' ACL as well as an option to add a new Rule. New rule s cannot be created if the maximum number of rules ha s been reached. For each rule[...]
-
Page 902
- 902 - Protocol Number - Specify that a packet's IP protocol is a match condition for the sel ected IP ACL rule and identify the protocol by number. The prot ocol number is a standard value assigned by IANA and is interpreted as an integer from 1 to 255. Ei ther the 'Protocol Number' field or the 'Protocol Keyword' field c[...]
-
Page 903
- 903 - 11.7.1.4 Configuring IPv6 Access Control List Configuration Page An IPv6 ACL consists of a set of rules which are matched sequenti a lly again st a packet. When a p acket meets the match crite ria of a rule, the specified ru le action (Permit/Deny) is taken and the additional rule s are not checked for a match. On this menu the interf aces [...]
-
Page 904
- 904 - Non-Configurable Da ta IPv6 ACL Name - Exiting IPv6 ACL identifier. Rules - The number of rules currently configured for the IPv6 ACL. Direction - The direction of packet traffic affected by the IPv6 ACL. Direction can only be one of the following : Inbound Slot/Port(s) - The interfaces to wh ich the IPv6 ACL applies. VLAN(s) - VLAN(s) to w[...]
-
Page 905
- 905 - the specified criteria in order to be true against that rule and for the specified rule action (Pe rmit/Deny) to take place. Configurable Data Rule ID - Enter a whole number in the range of (1 to 10) that will be use d to ide ntify the rule. Action - Specify what action should b e taken if a pa ck et matches the rule's criteria. The ch[...]
-
Page 906
- 906 - Flow Label - Flow label is 20-bit number that is uni que to an IPv6 packet, used by end stations to signify quality-of-service handling in routers. Flo w label can spe cified within the range (0 to 1048575). IPv6 DSCP Service - Specify the IP DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) field.The DSCP is defined as the high-order six bits of the Service Type[...]
-
Page 907
- 907 - Delete - Removes the currently selected MAC ACL from the switch configu ration. 11.7.1.8 Viewing MAC Access Control List Summary Page Non-Configurable Da ta MAC ACL Name - MAC ACL identifier. Rules - The number of rules currently configured for the MAC ACL. Direction - The direction of packet traffic affected by the MAC ACL. Valid Direction[...]
-
Page 908
- 908 - Selection Criteria MAC ACL - Select the MAC ACL for which to create or update a rule. Rule - Select an existing rule or select 'Create New Rule' to add a new Rule. New rules cann ot be created if the maximum number of rule s has been reached. For each rule, a packet must match all the specified criteria in order to be true against[...]
-
Page 909
- 909 - Assign Queue ID - Specifies the hardware eg re ss queue identifier used to handle all packet s matching this ACL rule. Valid r ange of Queue Ids is (0 to 6). Mirror Interface - Specifies the specifi c egre ss interfa ce w here the matchin g traffic stream is copied in addition to being forwarded normally b y the device. This field cannot be[...]
-
Page 910
- 910 - Configure - Configure the corre spo ndin g match criteria for the selected rule. Submit - Send the updated configuration to the sw itch. Configu ration changes take effect immediately. These changes will not be retained ac ross a power cycle unless a save is performed. Delete - Remove the currently selected Rule from the selected ACL. T hes[...]
-
Page 911
- 91 1 - and direction, the specified access li st replaces the currently attach ed access list using that sequence number. If the sequence numbe r is not spe cified by the user, a sequen ce numb er that is one greate r than the highest sequence numbe r currently in use fo r this interface and directi on will be used. Valid range is (1 to 429496729[...]
-
Page 912
- 912 - IP ACL - Specifies list of all IP ACLs. Thi s field is visible only if the user has sele cted "IP ACL" as "ACL Type". IPv6 ACL - Specifies list of all IPv6 ACLs. This field is visible only if the user has selected "IPv6 ACL" as "ACL Type". MAC ACL - Specifies list of all MAC ACLs. This field is visibl[...]
-
Page 913
- 913 - VLAN(s) - VLAN(s) to which the IP ACL applies. Direction - The direction of packet traffic affected by the IP ACL. Direction can only be one of the following : • Inbound ACL Type - Displays the type of ACL assi gne d to selected VLAN and direction. ACL Identifier - Displays t he ACL Number(in case of IP ACL) or ACL Name(in case of IPv6 AC[...]
-
Page 914
- 914 - Selection Criteria DiffServ Admin Mode - This lists the option s for the mode, from which one can be selecte d. The default value is 'enable'. While disabled, the DiffServ configuration is retained when save d and can be changed, but it is not activated. When en abled, Diffserv services are activated. Non-Configurable Da ta Class [...]
-
Page 915
- 915 - Only when a new class is cre ated, this f ield is a selector field. After class creation this be comes a non-configurable field displaying the conf igured class type. Class Layer 3 Protocol - Indicates h ow to interpret the any layer 3. This lists types of packets supported by Diffserv. Layer 3 Protocol option is av aila ble only when user [...]
-
Page 916
- 916 - 11.7.2.3 Viewing DiffServ Class Summary Page Non-Configurable Da ta Class Name - Displays names of the configured DiffServ cla sses. Class Type - Displays types of the conf igured classes as 'all', 'any', or 'a cl'. Class types are platform dependent. Reference Class - Displ ays name of the configured class of [...]
-
Page 917
- 917 - Selection Criteria Policy Selector - Along with an option to create a new poli cy, this lists all the existing DiffServ policy names, from which one can be sel ected. The content of this screen varies based on the sele ction of this field. If an existing policy is selected then the sc reen will display Member Classe s for that DiffServ poli[...]
-
Page 918
- 918 - Remove Selected Class - Removes a policy class instance by detachi ng the policy from the specified class. 11.7.2.5 Viewing DiffServ Policy Summary Page Non-Configurable Da ta Policy Name - Displays name of the DiffServ policy. Policy Type - Displays type of the policy as 'In'. Member Classes - Displays name of each cla ss instanc[...]
-
Page 919
- 919 - Policy Attribute Selector - This lists all attributes supported for this type of policy, from which one can be selected. Non-Configurable Da ta Policy Type - Displays type of the configured policy as 'In'. 11.7.2.7 Viewing DiffServ Policy Attribute Summary Page Non-Configurable Da ta Policy Name - Displays name of the specified Di[...]
-
Page 920
- 920 - Slot/Port - Select the Slot/Port that uniquely specifies an interface. This is a list of all valid slot number and port number combination s in the system . For Read/Write users where 'All' appears in the list, select it to specify all interfaces. Direction - Select the traffic direction of this se rvice in terface. This selection[...]
-
Page 921
- 921 - 11.7.2.10 Viewing DiffServ Service Statistics Page This screen display s service-level stati s tical informatio n in tabular form for all interface s in the system to which a DiffServ policy has been attached in the inbound and/or out bound traffic directions. Use the 'Counter Mode Selector' to specify the co unter di spla y mode [...]
-
Page 922
- 922 - Direction - List of the traffic directi on of interface. Onl y shows the direction(s) for which a DiffServ policy is currently attached. Member Classes - List of all DiffServ classes cu rrent ly defined as members of the selected Policy Name. Choose one member cla ss name at a time to disp lay its statistics. If no class is associated with [...]
-
Page 923
- 923 - Each port selected will be adde d to the policy created. Selection Criteria Traffic Type - Traffic type is used to define the DiffSer v Class. Traffic type options: VOIP, HTTP, FTP, Telnet, and Any. Policing - Enabling policing will add policing to the Dif f Serv Policy and the poli c in g rate will be applied. Outbound Priority - When Poli[...]
-
Page 924
- 924 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Specifies all CoS configura ble interface s. The option " Global" rep resent s the most re cent global configuration settings. These may be overridden on a per-interface basi s. Interface Trust Mode - Specifie s wh ether or not to trust a pa rticular pa cket marking at ing ress. Interface Trust Mode [...]
-
Page 925
- 925 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Specifies all CoS configura ble interface s. The option " Global" rep resent s the most re cent global configuration settings. Configurable Data IP DSCP Value Traffic Class - Specify which internal traffic class to map the corresponding IP DSCP value. Valid Range is (0 to 7) . Non-Configurable Da ta [...]
-
Page 926
- 926 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Specifies all CoS configura ble interface s. The option " Global" rep resent s the most re cent global configuration settings. These may be overridden on a per-interface basi s. Configurable Data Interface Shaping Rate - Specifies the maximum ba ndwidth a llowed, typically used to shape the outbound [...]
-
Page 927
- 927 - Scheduler Type - Specifies the type of scheduli ng u sed for this queue. Scheduler Type can only be one of the following: • strict • weighted Default value is weighted. Queue Management Type - Queue de pth management technique used for queues on thi s interface. This is only used if device supports independ ent setti ngs per-queue. Queu[...]
-
Page 928
- 928 - Minimum Bandwidth - Specifies the minimum guaranteed band width allotted to this queue. The value 0 means no guaranteed minimu m. Sum of indi vidual Minimum Band width values for all queu es in the selected interface cannot exceed defined maxi mum (100). Scheduler Type - Specifies the type of scheduli ng u sed for this queue. Scheduler Type[...]
-
Page 929
- 929 - • Disable - Disable ETS and stop the ETS process. Other configuration will not be change if you disable ETS. The system's default ETS admin mode is disabl ed Scheduler Type - Configures the scheduler type for an interface. • WERR - Set scheduler type to WERR. • WRR - Set the scheduler type to WRR. When the ETS is enabled, the def[...]
-
Page 930
- 930 - Queue in SAN Priority Group - List of queues in SAN prio rity group. Queue in IPC Priority Group - List of queues in IPC priority gro up. 11.7.4.8 Configuring Congestion Notification (CN)) Global configuration Selection Criteria CNM Admin Mode - Enable/Disable congestio n notif ication messa g e(CNM) handling. • Enable - to enable handlin[...]
-
Page 931
- 931 - Configurable Data Ether Type for CN-TAG - Set Ether Type for CN-TAG . The sy stem's default Ether Type of CN-TAG is 8937. The valid Ether Type range is 0 to 65535. Ether Type for CNM - Set Ether Type for Conge stion Notification Message (CNM). The syste m¡¦s default Ether Type of CNM is 8935. The valid Ether Type range is 0 to 65535.[...]
-
Page 932
- 932 - Status - Enable or Disable specific priori ty queue. The CN function is disabled by default on all priorities for each port. Non-Configurable Da ta Queue ID - Specifies the queue ID. Command Buttons Submit - Send the updated configuration to the sw itch. Configu ration changes take effect immediately. These changes will not be retained ac r[...]
-
Page 933
- 933 - 11.8 IPv4 Multicast Menu 11.8.1 Managing DVMRP Protocol 11.8.1.1 Configuring DVMRP Global Configuration Page Configurable Data Admin Mode - Select enable or disable from the dropdow n menu. This sets the administrative status of DVMRP to active or inactive. The default is disable. Non-Configurable Da ta Version - The current value of the DV[...]
-
Page 934
- 934 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the interface for which data is to be configured. You must configure at lea st one router interface before you configure a DVMRP interface. Othe rwise you will se e a message telling you that no router interfaces are available, and the configuratio n screen will not be displayed. Configurable Data Inter[...]
-
Page 935
- 935 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the interface for which data is to be displayed. You must configure at least one router interface before you can display data for a DVMRP interface. Otherwise you will see a message telling you that no router interfaces are av ailable, and the configuration summary screen will not be displayed. Non-Conf[...]
-
Page 936
- 936 - 11.8.1.4 Viewing DVMRP Next Hop Config uration Summary Non-Configurable Da ta Source IP - The IP address used with the source mask to identify the so urce network for this table entry. Source Mask - The network mask used with the source IP address. Next Hop Interface - The outgoin g interface for this next hop. Typ e - The next hop type. &a[...]
-
Page 937
- 937 - Refresh - Refresh the screen with the n ew data 11.8.1.6 Viewing DVMRP Route Summary Non-Configurable Da ta Source Address - The network address that is combi ned with the source mask to identify the sources for this entry. Source Mask - The subnet mask to be combined wit h t he source address to identify the sources for this entry. Upstrea[...]
-
Page 938
- 938 - Configurable Data Admin Mode - Select enable or disabl e from the pulldow n menu to set the administrative status of IGMP in the router to active or inactive. The default is disable. Command Buttons Submit - Send the updated configuration to the r outer. Configu ration changes take effect immediately. These changes will not be retained ac r[...]
-
Page 939
- 939 - Version - Enter the version of IGMP you want to config ure on the selected interfac e. Valid values are 1 to 3 and the default value is 3. This field is configurable only when IGMP interface mode is en abled. Robustness - Enter the robustness value. This vari able a llows tuning for the expected packet loss on a subnet. If you expect the su[...]
-
Page 940
- 940 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the slot and port for which data is to be displayed. Slot 0 is the base unit. Non-Configurable Da ta Interface Mode - The administrative stat us of IGMP on the selecte d interface. IP Address - The IP address of the selected interface. Subnet Mask - The subnet mask for the IP addr ess of the sele cted i[...]
-
Page 941
- 941 - Last Member Query Interval - The last member query interval. The last member query interval is the maximum response time inserted into group-spec ific queries sent in response to leave group messages, and is also the amount of time betwe en group-sp ecific query messages. This value may be tuned to modify the leave latency of the network. A[...]
-
Page 942
- 942 - Last Reporter - The IP address of the source of the la st membership rep ort received for the IP Multicast group address on the sele cted interface. Up Time - The time elapsed since this entry was crea ted. Expiry Time - The minimum amount of time remaining before this entry will be aged out. Version 1 Host Timer - The time remain ing until[...]
-
Page 943
- 943 - Source Filter Mode - The source filter mode (Include/Exc lude/NA ) for the sp ecified group on this interface. Source Hosts - This parameter shows sou rce add resses which are members of this multicast address. Expiry Time - This parameter shows ex piry time in terval agai nst each sour ce address which are members of this multicast group. [...]
-
Page 944
- 944 - 11.8.2.7 Viewing IGMP Proxy Configration Summary Page Non-Configurable Da ta Slot/Port - Displays the interface on which IGMP proxy is enabled. IP Address - The IP address of the IGMP Proxy interface. Subnet Mask - The subnet mask for the IP addre ss of the IGMP Proxy interface. Admin Mode - The administrative status of IGMP Proxy on the se[...]
-
Page 945
- 945 - Selection Criteria Multicast Group IP - Select the IP multicast group ad dress for which data is to be displayed. If no group membership rep orts have been received on the sele cted interface you will not be able to make this selection, and none of the non-c onfig urabl e data will be displayed. Non-Configurable Da ta Slot/Port - Displays t[...]
-
Page 946
- 946 - Up Time - Displays the up time since the entry was created in cache table. State - The state of the host entry. A Host can be in one of the state. Non- member state - does not belong to the group on the interface. Delaying membe r state - host belongs to the group on th e interface and report timer runnin g. The report timer is used to send[...]
-
Page 947
- 947 - 11.8.3.2 Configuring Interface’s Multicast Configuration Page Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the routing interface you want to configure from the dropdo wn menu. Configurable Data TTL Threshold - Enter the TTL threshold belo w whi ch a multicast data packet will not be forwarded from the selected interface. You should enter a num b[...]
-
Page 948
- 948 - Outgoing Interface(s) - The list of outgoing interface s on which multica st packets for this source/group are forwarded. Up Time (secs) - The time in seconds si nce the entry was created. Expiry Time (secs) - The time in second s before this entry will age out and be removed from the table. RPF Neighbor - The IP address of the Reverse Path[...]
-
Page 949
- 949 - Slot/Port - Select the interface number from the dropdown menu. This is th e interface that connects to the neighbor router for t he given source IP address. Command Buttons Submit - Send the updated configuration to the r outer. Configu ration changes take effect immediately. These changes will not be retained ac ross a power cycle unless [...]
-
Page 950
- 950 - Slot/Port - Select the router interface for which the administ ratively scoped bou ndary is to be configured. Configurable Data Group IP - Enter the multicast group addre ss fo r the start of the range of addresses to be excl uded. The address must be in the range of 239.0.0.0 throu gh 239.2 55.255.255. Group Mask - Enter the mask to be app[...]
-
Page 951
- 951 - Admin Mode - Select enable or disabl e from the pulldow n menu to set the administrative status of PIM-DM in the router. The default is disa bled. Command Buttons Submit - Send the updated configuration to the r outer. Configu ration changes take effect immediately. These changes will not be retained ac ross a power cycle unless a save is p[...]
-
Page 952
- 952 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the physical interface for which data is to be displayed. There must be configured at least one router interface before displaying data fo r a PIM-DM interface, otherwise a message will be displayed. Non-Configurable Da ta Interface Mode - Displays the admini strative status of PI M-DM for the selected [...]
-
Page 953
- 953 - Configurable Data Admin Mode - Select enable or disabl e from the pulldow n menu to set the administrative status of PIM-SM in the router. The default is disable. Data Threshold Rate - Enter the rate in K bits/second above wh ich the last-hop router will switch to a source-specific shorte st pa th tree. The valid valu es are from (0 to 2000[...]
-
Page 954
- 954 - Command Buttons Refresh - Refresh the data on the scree n with the present state of the data in the router. 11.8.5.3 Configuring PIM-SM SSM Range Configuration Page Configurable Data SSM Group Address - Enter the source-specifi c multicast group ip-address. SSM Group Mask - Enter the source-specific mu lticast group ip-address mask. Command[...]
-
Page 955
- 955 - Configurable Data Mode - Select enable or disable from the pulldown menu to set the administrative status of PIM-SM in the router. The default is disable. Hello Interval (secs) - Enter the time in second s between the tran smission of which PIM Hello messages on this interface. The valid values a re from (0 to 18000 secs) . The default valu[...]
-
Page 956
- 956 - Net Mask - The network mask for the IP address of the sele cted PIM interface. Hello Interval (secs) - The frequency at which PIM Hello messages are transmit ted on the selected interface. Join/Prune Interval - The frequency at which PIM Join/Prune messag es are transmitted on this PIM interface. DR Priority - Indicates the DR p rio rity on[...]
-
Page 957
- 957 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the slot and port for which data is to be displayed. Slot 0 is the base unit. Configurable Data Hash Mask Length - Enter the C-BSR hash mask length to be advertised in bootstrap messages. This hash mask length will be used in the hash algori thm for selecting the RP for a particul ar g roup. The valid v[...]
-
Page 958
- 958 - 11.8.5.9 Configuring PIM-SM Static RP Configuration Page Configurable Data IP Address - IP Address of the RP to be created or del eted. Group - Group Address of the RP to be created o r deleted. Group Mask - Group Mask of the RP to be created or deleted. Command Buttons Submit - Attempts to create the specified static RP IP Address for the [...]
-
Page 959
- 959 - Command Buttons Submit - Send the updated configuration to the sw itch. Configu ration changes take effect immediately. These changes will not be retained ac ross a power cycle unless a save is performed. 11.9.1.2 Configuring MLD Interface Configuration Page Selection Criteria Admin Mode - Select the slot and port for which data is to be di[...]
-
Page 960
- 960 - MLD is robust to (robustness variable-1 ) packet loss es. Valid values are from (1 to 255) . The default value is 2 Startup Query Interval - Enter the number of seconds between th e transmissio n of startup queries on the selected interface. The valid values are from (1 to 300 ) . The default value is 31. Startup Query Count - Enter the n u[...]
-
Page 961
- 961 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the slot and port for which data is to be displayed. Slot 0 is the base unit. Non-Configurable Da ta MLD Global Admin Mode - The administrative status of ML D on the selecte d interface. MLD Operational Mode - The operatio nal statu s of MLD on the Interface. Routing - The Routing mode for an inte rface[...]
-
Page 962
- 962 - Querier Status - This value indicates whether the interf ace is a M LD querier or non-querie r on the subnet it is associated with. Querier Address - The address of the MLD qu erier on the IP subnet to which the selected interface is attached. Querier Up Time - The time in seconds since the MLD interface q uerie r was last changed. Querier [...]
-
Page 963
- 963 - Refresh - Refresh the data on the scree n with the present state of the data in the router. Clear Traffic - Clears all the parameters for the sele ct ed interface. 11.9.1.6 Configuring MLD Proxy Interface Congiuration Page Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the port for which data is to be di splayed or configured from the pulld own menu[...]
-
Page 964
- 964 - Non-Configurable Da ta Slot/Port - Displays the interface on which MLD proxy is enabled. IPv6 Address - The IPv6 address of the MLD Proxy interface. Subnet Mask - The subnet mask for the IPv6 address of the ML D Proxy interface. Admin Mode - The administrative status of MLD Proxy on the selected interface. Operational Mode - The operational[...]
-
Page 965
- 965 - Selection Criteria Multicast Group IPv6 - Select the IPv6 multicast g roup address for whi ch data i s to be displa yed. If no group membership reports have been received on the selected in terface you will not be able to make this selection, and none of the non-configura ble data will be displayed. Non-Configurable Da ta Slot/Port - Displa[...]
-
Page 966
- 966 - Multicast Group IPv6 - Select the IPv6 multicast g roup address for whi ch data i s to be displa yed. If no group membership re ports have bee n received on t he MLD Proxy interface you will not b e able to make this selection, and none of the non-configura ble data will be displayed. Non-Configurable Da ta Slot/Port - Displays the interfac[...]
-
Page 967
- 967 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the Slot and port for which data is to be displayed or co nfigure d. Slot 0 is the base unit. You must have configured at least one router interface before configuring or displaying data for a PIM-DM interface, otherwise an er ror message will be displayed. Interface Mode - Select enable or disable from[...]
-
Page 968
- 968 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the physical interface for which data is to be displayed. There must be configured at least one router interface before displaying data fo r a PIM-DM interface, otherwise a message will be displayed. Non-Configurable Da ta Interface Mode - Displays the admini strative status of PI M-DM for the selected [...]
-
Page 969
- 969 - Command Buttons Submit - Send the updated configuration to the r outer. Configu ration changes take effect immediately. These changes will not be retained ac ross a power cycle unless a save is performed. 11.9.3.2 Viewing PIM-SM Global Status Page Non-Configurable Da ta PIMSM Admin Mode - The administrative status of PIM-SM in the router: e[...]
-
Page 970
- 970 - Submit - Send the updated configuration to the r outer. Configu ration changes take effect immediately. These changes will not be retained across a power cycle unless a save is performed. Refresh - Refresh the data on the scree n with the pr esent state of the data in the router. 11.9.3.4 Configuring Interface’s PIM-SM Configuration Page [...]
-
Page 971
- 971 - Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the slot and port for which data is to be displayed. Slot 0 is the base unit. Non-Configurable Da ta Admin Mode - The administrative status of PIM-SM in the router: either enable or disable. Protocol State - The operational state of the PIM-SM protocol on this interfa ce . IP Address - The IP address of[...]
-
Page 972
- 972 - 11.9.3.6 Configuring PIM-SM Candidate RP Configuration Page Selection Criteria Slot/Port - Select the slot and port for which data is to be displayed. Slot 0 is the base unit. Non-Configurable Da ta Group Address - The group addre ss transmitted in Candidate-RP-Advertisements. Configurable Data Interface - Display the interface. Group Addre[...]
-
Page 973
- 973 - Hash Mask Length - Enter the C-BSR hash mask length to be advertised in bootstrap messages. This hash mask length will be used in the hash algori thm for selecting the RP for a particul ar g roup. The valid values are from (0 to 128). Default value is 30. Priority - Enter the priority of C-BSR. Command Buttons Submit - Attempts to create th[...]
-
Page 974
- 974 - Configurable Data RP Address - IP Address of the RP. Group Address/Prefix Length - Enter the source-specifi c multicast group ip-address / Prefix Length. Overide - To override the entry you need to check this box and then select the submit button. Delete - Attempts to remove the specified Static RP Address for the PIM-SM router. Configurati[...]
-
Page 975
- 975 - Source IP - Enter the IP address of the multicast packet source to be combined with the Group IP to fully identify a single route whose Mr oute table entry you want to displa y or clear. You may leave this field blank. Group IP - Enter the destination group IP addres s whose multicast route(s) you want to display or clear. Non-Configurable [...]
-
Page 976
www .fortinet.com[...]